Legislación
US (United States) Code. Title 12. Chapter 2: National banks
-CITE-
12 USC CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
.
-HEAD-
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
-MISC1-
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
Sec.
21. Formation of national banking associations; incorporators;
articles of association.
21a. Amendment of articles of association.
22. Organization certificate.
23. Acknowledgment and filing of certificate.
24. Corporate powers of associations.
24a. Financial subsidiaries of national banks.
(a) Authorization to conduct in subsidiaries certain
activities that are financial in nature.
(b) Activities that are financial in nature.
(c) Capital deduction.
(d) Safeguards for the bank.
(e) Provisions applicable to national banks that fail
to continue to meet certain requirements.
(f) Failure to maintain public rating or meet
applicable criteria.
(g) Definitions.
25. Omitted.
25a. Participation by national banks in lotteries and related
activities.
(a) Prohibited activities.
(b) Use of banking premises prohibited.
(c) Definitions.
(d) Lawful banking services connected with operation
of lotteries.
(e) Regulations; enforcement.
26. Comptroller to determine if association can commence business.
27. Certificate of authority to commence banking.
28. Repealed.
29. Power to hold real property.
30. Change of name or location.
(a) Name change.
(b) Location change.
(c) Coordination with section 36 of this title.
(d) Retention of ''Federal'' in name of converted
Federal savings association.
31. Rights and liabilities as affected by change of name.
32. Liabilities and suits as affected by change of name or
location.
33 to 34c. Transferred.
35. Organization of State banks as national banking associations.
36. Branch banks.
(a) Lawful and continuous operation.
(b) Converted State banks.
(c) New branches.
(d) Branches resulting from interstate merger
transactions.
(e) Exclusive authority for additional branches.
(f) Law applicable to interstate branching
operations.
(g) State ''opt-in'' election to permit interstate
branching through de novo branches.
(h) Repealed.
(i) Prior approval of branch locations.
(j) ''Branch'' defined.
(k) Branches in foreign countries, dependencies, or
insular possessions.
(l) ''State bank'' and ''bank'' defined.
37. Associations governed by chapter.
38. The National Bank Act.
39. Reservation of rights of associations organized under Act of
1863.
40. Virgin Islands; extension of National Bank Act.
41. Guam; extension of National Bank Act.
42. Territorial application.
43. Interpretations concerning preemption of certain State laws.
(a) Notice and opportunity for comment required.
(b) Publication required.
(c) Exceptions.
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
51. Repealed.
51a. Preferred stock; issuance authorized.
51b. Dividends, voting, and retirement of preferred stock;
individual liability.
51b-1. Consideration of preferred stock in determining impairment
of capital; dividends; retirement.
51c. ''Common stock'', ''capital'', and ''capital stock'' defined.
51d to 51f. Repealed.
52. Par value and incidents of stock; transfer of shares.
53. When capital stock paid in.
54. Repealed.
55. Enforcing payment of deficiency in capital stock; assessments;
liquidation; receivership.
56. Prohibition on withdrawal of capital; unearned dividends.
57. Increase of capital by provision in articles of association.
58. Repealed.
59. Reduction of capital by vote of shareholders.
60. Dividends.
(a) Periodic declaration; surplus fund.
(b) Approval of Comptroller.
61. Shareholders' voting rights; cumulative and distributive
voting; preferred stock; trust shares; proxies, liability
restrictions; percentage requirement exclusion of trust shares.
62. List of shareholders.
63, 64. Repealed.
64a. Individual liability of shareholders; limitation on liability.
65. Repealed.
66. Personal liability of representatives of stockholders.
67. Individual liability of shareholders; compromises; authority of
receiver.
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
71. Election.
71a. Number of directors; penalties.
72. Qualifications.
73. Oath.
74. Vacancies.
75. Legal holiday, annual meeting on; proceedings where no election
held on proper day.
76. President of bank as member of board; chairman of board.
77, 78. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
81. Place of business.
82. Repealed.
83. Loans by bank on its own stock.
(a) General prohibition.
(b) Exclusion.
84. Lending limits.
(a) Total loans and extensions of credit.
(b) Definitions.
(c) Exceptions.
(d) Authority of Comptroller of the Currency.
85. Rate of interest on loans, discounts and purchases.
86. Usurious interest; penalty for taking; limitations.
86a to 89. Omitted or Repealed.
90. Depositaries of public moneys and financial agents of
Government.
91. Transfers by bank and other acts in contemplation of
insolvency.
92. Acting as insurance agent or broker.
92a. Trust powers.
(a) Authority of Comptroller of the Currency.
(b) Grant and exercise of powers deemed not in
contravention of State or local law.
(c) Segregation of fiduciary and general assets;
separate books and records; access of State
banking authorities to reports of examinations,
books, records, and assets.
(d) Prohibited operations; separate investment
account; collateral for certain funds used in
conduct of business.
(e) Lien and claim upon bank failure.
(f) Deposits of securities for protection of private
or court trusts; execution of and exemption
from bond.
(g) Officials' oath or affidavit.
(h) Loans of trust funds to officers and employees
prohibited; penalties.
(i) Considerations determinative of grant or denial
of applications; minimum capital and surplus
for issuance of permit.
(j) Surrender of authorization; board resolution;
Comptroller certification; activities affected;
regulations.
(k) Revocation; procedures applicable.
93. Violation of provisions of chapter.
(a) Forfeiture of franchise; personal liability of
directors.
(b) Civil money penalty.
(c) Notice under this section after separation from
service.
(d) Forfeiture of franchise for money laundering or
cash transaction reporting offenses.
(d) Authority.
93a. Authority to prescribe rules and regulations.
94. Venue of suits.
94a. Repealed.
95. Emergency limitations and restrictions on business of members
of Federal reserve system; designation of legal holiday for
national banking associations; exceptions; ''State'' defined.
95a. Regulation of transactions in foreign exchange of gold and
silver; property transfers; vested interests, enforcement and
penalties.
95b. Ratification of acts of President and Secretary of the
Treasury under section 95a.
SUBCHAPTER V - OBTAINING AND ISSUING CIRCULATING NOTES
101 to 110. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
121. Repealed.
121a. Redemption of notes unidentifiable as to bank of issue.
122 to 127. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER VII - PROCEEDINGS ON FAILURE OF BANK TO REDEEM
CIRCULATING NOTES
131 to 138. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
141. Central reserve and reserve cities; designation.
142. Banks in reserve cities; reserves.
143. Banks in Alaska and insular possessions; lawful money
reserves.
144. Certain balances counted toward reserves in dependencies and
insular possessions.
145, 146. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER IX - FORMATION OF ASSOCIATIONS TO ISSUE GOLD NOTES
151 to 153. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
161. Reports to Comptroller of the Currency.
(a) Reports of condition; form; contents; date of
making; publication.
(b) Payment of dividends.
(c) Reports of affiliates; form; contents; date of
making; publication; penalties.
162, 163. Repealed.
164. Penalty for failure to make reports.
(a) First tier.
(b) Second tier.
(c) Third tier.
(d) Assessment; etc.
(e) Hearing.
165. Omitted.
SUBCHAPTER XI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES
BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
168 to 177. Repealed.
177a. Funds available for cost of transporting and redeeming
national and Federal Reserve bank notes.
178. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER XII - VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
181. Voluntary dissolution; appointment and removal of liquidating
agent or committee; examination.
182. Notice of intent to dissolve.
183 to 186. Repealed.
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
191. Appointment of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as
receiver.
192. Default in payment of circulating notes.
193. Notice to present claims.
194. Dividends on adjusted claims; distribution of assets.
195. Repealed.
196. Expenses.
197. Shareholders' meeting; continuance of receivership;
appointment of agent; winding up business; distribution of
assets.
197a. Resumption of business by closed bank on consent of
depositors.
198. Purchase by receiver of property of bank; request to
Comptroller.
199. Approval of request.
200. Payment.
SUBCHAPTER XIV - BANK CONSERVATION ACT
201. Short title.
202. Definitions.
203. Appointment of conservator.
(a) Appointment.
(b) Judicial review.
(c) Additional grounds for appointment.
(d) Exclusive authority.
(e) Replacement of conservator.
204. Examinations.
205. Termination of conservatorship.
(a) General rule.
(b) Other grounds for termination.
(c) Enforcement under Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
(d) Action upon termination.
206. Conservator; powers and duties.
(a) General powers.
(b) Subject to rules of Comptroller.
(c) Payment of depositors and creditors.
(d) Compensation of conservator and employees.
(e) Expenses.
207, 208. Repealed.
209. Liability protection.
(a) Federal agency and employees.
(b) Other conservators.
(c) Indemnification.
210. Governmental powers unimpaired.
211. Rules and regulations.
(a) In general.
(b) F.D.I.C. as conservator.
212. Right to amend; separability.
213. Transferred.
SUBCHAPTER XV - CONVERSION OF NATIONAL BANKS INTO STATE BANKS
214. Definitions.
214a. Procedure for conversion, merger, or consolidation; vote of
stockholders.
(a) Approval of board of directors; publication of
notice of stockholders' meeting; waiver of
publication; notice by registered or certified
mail.
(b) Rights of dissenting stockholders.
214b. Continuation of business and corporate entity.
214c. Conversions in contravention of State law.
SUBCHAPTER XVI - CONSOLIDATION AND MERGER
215. Consolidation of banks within same State.
(a) In general.
(b) Liability of consolidated association; capital
stock; dissenting shareholders.
(c) Valuation of shares.
(d) Appraisal by Comptroller; expenses of
consolidated association; sale and resale of
shares; State appraisal and consolidation law.
(e) Status of consolidated association; property
rights and interests vested and held as
fiduciary.
(f) Removal as fiduciary; discrimination.
(g) Issuance of stock by consolidated association;
preemptive rights.
215a. Merger of national banks or State banks into national banks.
(a) Approval of Comptroller, board and shareholders;
merger agreement; notice; capital stock;
liability of receiving association.
(b) Dissenting shareholders.
(c) Valuation of shares.
(d) Application to shareholders of merging
associations: appraisal by Comptroller;
expenses of receiving association; sale and
resale of shares; State appraisal and merger
law.
(e) Status of receiving association; property rights
and interests vested and held as fiduciary.
(f) Removal as fiduciary; discrimination.
(g) Issuance of stock by receiving association;
preemptive rights.
215a-1. Interstate consolidations and mergers.
(a) In general.
(b) Scope of application.
(c) Definitions.
215a-2. Expedited procedures for certain reorganizations.
(a) In general.
(b) Reorganization plan.
(c) Rights of dissenting shareholders.
(d) Effect of reorganization.
(e) Approval under the Bank Holding Company Act.
215a-3. Mergers and consolidations with subsidiaries and nonbank
affiliates.
(a) In general.
(b) Scope.
(c) Regulations.
215b. Definitions.
215c. Mergers, consolidations, and other acquisitions authorized.
(a) In general.
(b) Expedited approval of acquisitions.
(c) Rule of construction.
(d) ''Acquire'' defined.
SUBCHAPTER XVII - DISPOSITION OF UNCLAIMED PROPERTY RECOVERED FROM
CLOSED NATIONAL BANKS
216. Purpose.
216a. Definitions.
216b. Disposition of unclaimed property.
(a) Limitations for filing claims; publication of
notice in Federal Register; contents of notice;
disclosure of descriptive information;
inspection of specific property.
(b) Delivery of property to claimant upon proof of
entitlement; determination of validity of
claims; recoupment of expenses; liability for
losses; insurance requirements.
(c) Vesting of rights, title and interest in
unclaimed property in United States; sale, use,
destruction or disposition of property;
proceeds of sale as miscellaneous receipts.
(d) Liability for determination of validity of
claims; liability for delivery, sale, etc., of
property.
(e) Court action for determination of ownership,
etc., in State or Federal court of competent
jurisdiction; de novo nature of action;
parties.
(f) Jurisdiction of United States Claims Court of
actions against United States, Comptroller,
officer, etc.; scope of review of actions of
Comptroller; limitations; claims against
Comptroller, officer, etc., as claim against
United States.
216c. Rules and regulations.
216d. Severability.
-SECREF-
NATIONAL BANK ACT REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
Sections 21 et seq. of this title are referred to in sections 35,
40, 41, 215c, 501a, 1440, 1467a, 1817, 2254, 3102 of this title;
title 18 section 334; title 28 section 1348.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 21 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 21. Formation of national banking associations; incorporators;
articles of association
-STATUTE-
Associations for carrying on the business of banking under title
62 of the Revised Statutes may be formed by any number of natural
persons, not less in any case than five. They shall enter into
articles of association, which shall specify in general terms the
object for which the association is formed, and may contain any
other provisions, not inconsistent with law, which the association
may see fit to adopt for the regulation of its business and the
conduct of its affairs. These articles shall be signed by the
persons uniting to form the association, and a copy of them shall
be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency, to be filed and
preserved in his office.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5133.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the
original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes,
consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are classified to
sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53,
55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93,
93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481
to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections
8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. Sec. 5133
to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5133 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 5, 13
Stat. 100, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this
title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 21a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 21a. Amendment of articles of association
-STATUTE-
Except as otherwise specifically provided by law, or by the
articles of association of the particular national banking
association, the articles of association of a national banking
association may be amended with respect to any lawful matter, and
any action requiring the approval of the stockholders of such
association may be had by the approving vote of the holders of a
majority of the voting shares of the stock of the association
obtained at a meeting of the stockholders called and held pursuant
to notice given by mail at least ten days prior to the meeting or
pursuant to a waiver of such notice given by all stockholders
entitled to receive notice of such meeting. A certified copy of
every amendment to the articles of association adopted by the
shareholders of a national banking association shall be forwarded
to the Comptroller of the Currency, to be filed and preserved in
his office.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 13, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 22 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 22. Organization certificate
-STATUTE-
The persons uniting to form such an association shall, under
their hands, make an organization certificate, which shall
specifically state:
First. The name assumed by such association; which name shall
include the word ''national''.
Second. The place where its operations of discount and deposit
are to be carried on, designating the State, Territory, or
District, and the particular county and city, town, or village.
Third. The amount of capital stock and the number of shares into
which the same is to be divided.
Fourth. The names and places of residence of the shareholders and
the number of shares held by each of them.
Fifth. The fact that the certificate is made to enable such
persons to avail themselves of the advantages of title 62 of the
Revised Statutes.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5134; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 25, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
466; Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 405(b), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat.
1512.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in par. Fifth, was
in the original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised
Statutes, consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are
classified to sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37,
39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86,
90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194,
196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See,
also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title
18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of
R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5134 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 6, 13
Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this
title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1982 - Par. First. Pub. L. 97-320 struck out ''and be subject to
the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency'' after
''national''.
1959 - Par. First. Pub. L. 86-230 substituted ''which named shall
include the word 'national' and be'' for ''which name shall be''.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 23 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 23. Acknowledgment and filing of certificate
-STATUTE-
The organization certificate shall be acknowledged before a judge
of some court of record, or notary public; and shall be, together
with the acknowledgment thereof, authenticated by the seal of such
court, or notary, transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency,
who shall record and carefully preserve the same in his office.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5135.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5135 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 6, 13
Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this
title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 24 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 24. Corporate powers of associations
-STATUTE-
Upon duly making and filing articles of association and an
organization certificate a national banking association shall
become, as from the date of the execution of its organization
certificate, a body corporate, and as such, and in the name
designated in the organization certificate, it shall have power -
First. To adopt and use a corporate seal.
Second. To have succession from February 25, 1927, or from the
date of its organization if organized after February 25, 1927,
until such time as it be dissolved by the act of its shareholders
owning two-thirds of its stock, or until its franchise becomes
forfeited by reason of violation of law, or until terminated by
either a general or a special Act of Congress or until its affairs
be placed in the hands of a receiver and finally wound up by him.
Third. To make contracts.
Fourth. To sue and be sued, complain and defend, in any court of
law and equity, as fully as natural persons.
Fifth. To elect or appoint directors, and by its board of
directors to appoint a president, vice president, cashier, and
other officers, define their duties, require bonds of them and fix
the penalty thereof, dismiss such officers or any of them at
pleasure, and appoint others to fill their places.
Sixth. To prescribe, by its board of directors, bylaws not
inconsistent with law, regulating the manner in which its stock
shall be transferred, its directors elected or appointed, its
officers appointed, its property transferred, its general business
conducted, and the privileges granted to it by law exercised and
enjoyed.
Seventh. To exercise by its board of directors or duly authorized
officers or agents, subject to law, all such incidental powers as
shall be necessary to carry on the business of banking; by
discounting and negotiating promissory notes, drafts, bills of
exchange, and other evidences of debt; by receiving deposits; by
buying and selling exchange, coin, and bullion; by loaning money on
personal security; and by obtaining, issuing, and circulating notes
according to the provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes.
The business of dealing in securities and stock by the association
shall be limited to purchasing and selling such securities and
stock without recourse, solely upon the order, and for the account
of, customers, and in no case for its own account, and the
association shall not underwrite any issue of securities or stock;
Provided, That the association may purchase for its own account
investment securities under such limitations and restrictions as
the Comptroller of the Currency may by regulation prescribe. In no
event shall the total amount of the investment securities of any
one obligor or maker, held by the association for its own account,
exceed at any time 10 per centum of its capital stock actually paid
in and unimpaired and 10 per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund,
except that this limitation shall not require any association to
dispose of any securities lawfully held by it on August 23, 1935.
As used in this section the term ''investment securities'' shall
mean marketable obligations, evidencing indebtedness of any person,
copartnership, association, or corporation in the form of bonds,
notes and/or debentures commonly known as investment securities
under such further definition of the term ''investment securities''
as may by regulation be prescribed by the Comptroller of the
Currency. Except as hereinafter provided or otherwise permitted by
law, nothing herein contained shall authorize the purchase by the
association for its own account of any shares of stock of any
corporation. The limitations and restrictions herein contained as
to dealing in, underwriting and purchasing for its own account,
investment securities shall not apply to obligations of the United
States, or general obligations of any State or of any political
subdivision thereof, or obligations of the Washington Metropolitan
Area Transit Authority which are guaranteed by the Secretary of
Transportation under section 9 of the National Capital
Transportation Act of 1969, or obligations issued under authority
of the Federal Farm Loan Act, as amended, or issued by the thirteen
banks for cooperatives or any of them or the Federal Home Loan
Banks, or obligations which are insured by the Secretary of Housing
and Urban Development under title XI of the National Housing Act
(12 U.S.C. 1749aaa et seq.) or obligations which are insured by the
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development (hereinafter in this
sentence referred to as the ''Secretary'') pursuant to section 207
of the National Housing Act (12 U.S.C. 1713), if the debentures to
be issued in payment of such insured obligations are guaranteed as
to principal and interest by the United States, or obligations,
participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal
National Mortgage Association, or the Government National Mortgage
Association, or mortgages, obligations or other securities which
are or ever have been sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage
Corporation pursuant to section 305 or section 306 of the Federal
Home Loan Mortgage Corporation Act (12 U.S.C. 1454 or 1455), or
obligations of the Federal Financing Bank or obligations of the
Environmental Financing Authority, or obligations or other
instruments or securities of the Student Loan Marketing
Association, or such obligations of any local public agency (as
defined in section 110(h) of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C.
1460(h))) as are secured by an agreement between the local public
agency and the Secretary in which the local public agency agrees to
borrow from said Secretary, and said Secretary agrees to lend to
said local public agency, monies in an aggregate amount which
(together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the
payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay, when
due, the interest on and all installments (including the final
installment) of the principal of such obligations, which monies
under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for such
payments, or such obligations of a public housing agency (as
defined in the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended (42
U.S.C. 1437 et seq.)) as are secured (1) by an agreement between
the public housing agency and the Secretary in which the public
housing agency agrees to borrow from the Secretary, and the
Secretary agrees to lend to the public housing agency, prior to the
maturity of such obligations, monies in an amount which (together
with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of
interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of
such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies
under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the
purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such
obligations at their maturity, (2) by a pledge of annual
contributions under an annual contributions contract between such
public housing agency and the Secretary if such contract shall
contain the covenant by the Secretary which is authorized by
subsection (g) of section 6 of the United States Housing Act of
1937, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1437d(g)), and if the maximum sum and
the maximum period specified in such contract pursuant to said
subsection 6(g) (42 U.S.C. 1437d(g)) shall not be less than the
annual amount and the period for payment which are requisite to
provide for the payment when due of all installments of principal
and interest on such obligations, or (3) by a pledge of both annual
contributions under an annual contributions contract containing the
covenant by the Secretary which is authorized by section 6(g) of
the United States Housing Act of 1937 (42 U.S.C. 1437d(g)), and a
loan under an agreement between the local public housing agency and
the Secretary in which the public housing agency agrees to borrow
from the Secretary, and the Secretary agrees to lend to the public
housing agency, prior to the maturity of the obligations involved,
moneys in an amount which (together with any other moneys
irrevocably committed under the annual contributions contract to
the payment of principal and interest on such obligations) will
suffice to provide for the payment when due of all installments of
principal and interest on such obligations, which moneys under the
terms of the agreement are required to be used for the purpose of
paying the principal and interest on such obligations at their
maturity: Provided, That in carrying on the business commonly
known as the safe-deposit business the association shall not invest
in the capital stock of a corporation organized under the law of
any State to conduct a safe-deposit business in an amount in excess
of 15 per centum of the capital stock of the association actually
paid in and unimpaired and 15 per centum of its unimpaired
surplus. The limitations and restrictions herein contained as to
dealing in and underwriting investment securities shall not apply
to obligations issued by the International Bank for Reconstruction
and Development, the European Bank for Reconstruction and
Development, the Inter-American Development Bank (FOOTNOTE 1) Bank
for Economic Cooperation and Development in the Middle East and
North Africa,, (FOOTNOTE 2) the North American Development Bank,
the Asian Development Bank, the African Development Bank, the
Inter-American Investment Corporation, or the International Finance
Corporation,, (FOOTNOTE 2) or obligations issued by any State or
political subdivision or any agency of a State or political
subdivision for housing, university, or dormitory purposes, which
are at the time eligible for purchase by a national bank for its
own account, nor to bonds, notes and other obligations issued by
the Tennessee Valley Authority or by the United States Postal
Service: Provided, That no association shall hold obligations
issued by any of said organizations as a result of underwriting,
dealing, or purchasing for its own account (and for this purpose
obligations as to which it is under commitment shall be deemed to
be held by it) in a total amount exceeding at any one time 10 per
centum of its capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 10
per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund. Notwithstanding any
other provision in this paragraph, the association may purchase for
its own account shares of stock issued by a corporation authorized
to be created pursuant to title IX of the Housing and Urban
Development Act of 1968 (42 U.S.C. 3931 et seq.), and may make
investments in a partnership, limited partnership, or joint venture
formed pursuant to section 907(a) or 907(c) of that Act (42 U.S.C.
3937(a) or 3937(c)). Notwithstanding any other provision of this
paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares
of stock issued by any State housing corporation incorporated in
the State in which the association is located and may make
investments in loans and commitments for loans to any such
corporation: Provided, That in no event shall the total amount of
such stock held for its own account and such investments in loans
and commitments made by the association exceed at any time 5 per
centum of its capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired plus 5
per centum of its unimpaired surplus fund. Notwithstanding any
other provision in this paragraph, the association may purchase for
its own account shares of stock issued by a corporation organized
solely for the purpose of making loans to farmers and ranchers for
agricultural purposes, including the breeding, raising, fattening,
or marketing of livestock. However, unless the association owns at
least 80 per centum of the stock of such agricultural credit
corporation the amount invested by the association at any one time
in the stock of such corporation shall not exceed 20 per centum of
the unimpaired capital and surplus of the association: Provided
further, That notwithstanding any other provision of this
paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares
of stock of a bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or a holding company which owns or controls such an
insured bank if the stock of such bank or company is owned
exclusively (except to the extent directors' qualifying shares are
required by law) by depository institutions or depository
institution holding companies (as defined in section 1813 of this
title) and such bank or company and all subsidiaries thereof are
engaged exclusively in providing services to or for other
depository institutions, their holding companies, and the officers,
directors, and employees of such institutions and companies, and in
providing correspondent banking services at the request of other
depository institutions or their holding companies (also referred
to as a ''banker's bank''), but in no event shall the total amount
of such stock held by the association in any bank or holding
company exceed at any time 10 per centum of the association's
capital stock and paid in and unimpaired surplus and in no event
shall the purchase of such stock result in an association's
acquiring more than 5 per centum of any class of voting securities
of such bank or company. The limitations and restrictions
contained in this paragraph as to an association purchasing for its
own account investment securities shall not apply to securities
that (A) are offered and sold pursuant to section 4(5) of the
Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. 77d(5)); (B) are small business
related securities (as defined in section 3(a)(53) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(53))); or (C) are
mortgage related securities (as that term is defined in section
3(a)(41) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C.
78c(a)(41)). (FOOTNOTE 3) The exception provided for the securities
described in subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) shall be subject to
such regulations as the Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe,
including regulations prescribing minimum size of the issue (at the
time of initial distribution) or minimum aggregate sales prices, or
both.
(FOOTNOTE 1) So in original. Probably should be followed by a
comma.
(FOOTNOTE 2) So in original.
(FOOTNOTE 3) So in original. The period probably should be
preceded by an additional closing parenthesis.
A national banking association may deal in, underwrite, and
purchase for such association's own account qualified Canadian
government obligations to the same extent that such association may
deal in, underwrite, and purchase for such association's own
account obligations of the United States or general obligations of
any State or of any political subdivision thereof. For purposes of
this paragraph -
(1) the term ''qualified Canadian government obligations''
means any debt obligation which is backed by Canada, any Province
of Canada, or any political subdivision of any such Province to a
degree which is comparable to the liability of the United States,
any State, or any political subdivision thereof for any
obligation which is backed by the full faith and credit of the
United States, such State, or such political subdivision, and
such term includes any debt obligation of any agent of Canada or
any such Province or any political subdivision of such Province
if -
(A) the obligation of the agent is assumed in such agent's
capacity as agent for Canada or such Province or such political
subdivision; and
(B) Canada, such Province, or such political subdivision on
whose behalf such agent is acting with respect to such
obligation is ultimately and unconditionally liable for such
obligation; and
(2) the term ''Province of Canada'' means a Province of Canada
and includes the Yukon Territory and the Northwest Territories
and their successors.
In addition to the provisions in this paragraph for dealing in,
underwriting, or purchasing securities, the limitations and
restrictions contained in this paragraph as to dealing in,
underwriting, and purchasing investment securities for the national
bank's own account shall not apply to obligations (including
limited obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and obligations that
satisfy the requirements of section 142(b)(1) of title 26) issued
by or on behalf of any State or political subdivision of a State,
including any municipal corporate instrumentality of 1 or more
States, or any public agency or authority of any State or political
subdivision of a State, if the national bank is well capitalized
(as defined in section 1831o of this title).
Eighth. To contribute to community funds, or to charitable,
philanthropic, or benevolent instrumentalities conducive to public
welfare, such sums as its board of directors may deem expedient and
in the interests of the association, if it is located in a State
the laws of which do not expressly prohibit State banking
institutions from contributing to such funds or instrumentalities.
Ninth. To issue and sell securities which are guaranteed pursuant
to section 1721(g) of this title.
Tenth. To invest in tangible personal property, including,
without limitation, vehicles, manufactured homes, machinery,
equipment, or furniture, for lease financing transactions on a net
lease basis, but such investment may not exceed 10 percent of the
assets of the association.
Eleventh. To make investments designed primarily to promote the
public welfare, including the welfare of low- and moderate-income
communities or families (such as by providing housing, services, or
jobs). A national banking association may make such investments
directly or by purchasing interests in an entity primarily engaged
in making such investments. An association shall not make any such
investment if the investment would expose the association to
unlimited liability. The Comptroller of the Currency shall limit
an association's investments in any 1 project and an association's
aggregate investments under this paragraph. An association's
aggregate investments under this paragraph shall not exceed an
amount equal to the sum of 5 percent of the association's capital
stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 5 percent of the
association's unimpaired surplus fund, unless the Comptroller
determines by order that the higher amount will pose no significant
risk to the affected deposit insurance fund, and the association is
adequately capitalized. In no case shall an association's
aggregate investments under this paragraph exceed an amount equal
to the sum of 10 percent of the association's capital stock
actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 percent of the association's
unimpaired surplus fund.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5136; July 1, 1922, ch. 257, Sec. 1, 42 Stat. 767; Feb.
25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 2, 44 Stat. 1226; June 16, 1933, ch. 89,
Sec. 16, 48 Stat. 184; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 308,
49 Stat. 709; Feb. 3, 1938, ch. 13, Sec. 13, 52 Stat. 26; June 11,
1940, ch. 301, 54 Stat. 261; June 29, 1949, ch. 276, Sec. 1, 63
Stat. 298; July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title VI, Sec. 602(a), 63 Stat.
439; Apr. 9, 1952, ch. 169, 66 Stat. 49; Aug. 2, 1954, ch. 649,
title II, Sec. 203, 68 Stat. 622; Aug. 23, 1954, ch. 834, Sec. 2,
68 Stat. 771; July 26, 1956, ch. 741, title II, Sec. 201(c), 70
Stat. 667; Pub. L. 86-137, Sec. 2, Aug. 6, 1959, 73 Stat. 285; Pub.
L. 86-147, Sec. 10, Aug. 7, 1959, 73 Stat. 301; Pub. L. 86-230,
Sec. 1(a), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 86-278, Sept. 16,
1959, 73 Stat. 563; Pub. L. 86-372, title IV, Sec. 420, Sept. 23,
1959, 73 Stat. 679; Pub. L. 88-560, title VII, Sec. 701(c), Sept.
2, 1964, 78 Stat. 800; Pub. L. 89-369, Sec. 10, Mar. 16, 1966, 80
Stat. 72; Pub. L. 89-754, title V, Sec. 504(a)(1), Nov. 3, 1966, 80
Stat. 1277; Pub. L. 90-19, Sec. 27(a), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 28;
Pub. L. 90-448, title VIII, Sec. 804(c), 807(j), title IX, Sec.
911, title XVII, Sec. 1705(h), Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 543, 545,
550, 605; Pub. L. 91-375, Sec. 6(d), Aug. 12, 1970, 84 Stat. 776;
Pub. L. 92-318, title I, Sec. 133(c)(1), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat.
269; Pub. L. 91-143, Sec. 12(b), Dec. 9, 1969, as added Pub. L.
92-349, title I, Sec. 101, July 13, 1972, 86 Stat. 466; Pub. L.
92-500, Sec. 12(n), Oct. 18, 1972, 86 Stat. 902; Pub. L. 93-100,
Sec. 5(c), Aug. 16, 1973, 87 Stat. 344; Pub. L. 93-224, Sec. 14,
Dec. 29, 1973, 87 Stat. 941; Pub. L. 93-234, title II, Sec. 207,
Dec. 31, 1973, 87 Stat. 984; Pub. L. 93-383, title II, Sec. 206,
title VIII, Sec. 805(c)(1), Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 668, 726; Pub.
L. 96-221, title VII, Sec. 711, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 189; Pub.
L. 97-35, title XIII, Sec. 1342(a), Aug. 13, 1981, 95 Stat. 743;
Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 404(b), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat.
1511; Pub. L. 97-457, Sec. 18, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub.
L. 98-440, title I, Sec. 105(c), Oct. 3, 1984, 98 Stat. 1691; Pub.
L. 98-473, title I, Sec. 101(1) (title I, Sec. 101), Oct. 12, 1984,
98 Stat. 1884, 1885; Pub. L. 100-86, title I, Sec. 108, Aug. 10,
1987, 101 Stat. 579; Pub. L. 100-449, title III, Sec. 308, Sept.
28, 1988, 102 Stat. 1877; Pub. L. 101-513, title V, Sec.
562(c)(10)(B), (e)(1)(B), Nov. 5, 1990, 104 Stat. 2036, 2037; Pub.
L. 102-485, Sec. 6(a), Oct. 23, 1992, 106 Stat. 2774; Pub. L.
103-182, title V, Sec. 541(h)(1), Dec. 8, 1993, 107 Stat. 2167;
Pub. L. 103-325, title II, Sec. 206(c), title III, Sec. 322(a)(1),
347(b), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2199, 2226, 2241; Pub. L.
104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(c) (title VII, Sec. 710(b)),
title II, Sec. 2704(d)(7), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-121,
3009-181, 3009-489; Pub. L. 106-102, title I, Sec. 151, Nov. 12,
1999, 113 Stat. 1384.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in par. Seventh,
was in the original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the
Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are
classified to sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37,
39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86,
90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194,
196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See,
also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title
18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of
R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Section 9 of the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969,
referred to in par. Seventh, is section 9 of Pub. L. 91-143, as
added by section 101 of title I of Pub. L. 92-349, July 13, 1972,
86 Stat. 464, which is not classified to the Code.
The Federal Farm Loan Act, referred to in par. Seventh, is act
July 17, 1916, ch. 245, 39 Stat. 360, which was classified to
section 641 et seq. of this title prior to its repeal by Pub. L.
92-181, Sec. 5.26(a), Dec. 10, 1971, 85 Stat. 624. See chapter 23
(Sec. 2001 et seq.) of this title.
The National Housing Act, referred to in par. Seventh, is act
June 27, 1934, ch. 847, 48 Stat. 1246, as amended. Title XI of the
National Housing Act is title XI of act June 27, 1934, ch. 847, as
added by act Nov. 3, 1966, Pub. L. 89-754, title V, Sec. 502(a), 80
Stat. 1274, which is classified generally to subchapter IX-B (Sec.
1749aaa et seq.) of chapter 13 of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see section 1701 of this
title and Tables.
Section 110 of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1460), referred
to in par. Seventh, was omitted from the Code pursuant to section
5316 of Title 42, The Public Health and Welfare, which terminated
authority to make grants or loans under title I of that Act (42
U.S.C. 1450 et seq.) after Jan. 1, 1975.
The United States Housing Act of 1937, referred to in par.
Seventh, is act Sept. 1, 1937, ch. 896, as revised generally by
Pub. L. 93-383, title II, Aug. 22, 1974, 88 Stat. 653, and is
classified to chapter 8 (Sec. 1437 et seq.) of Title 42. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short Title
note set out under section 1437 of Title 42 and Tables.
The Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, referred to in
par. Seventh, is Pub. L. 90-448, Aug. 1, 1968, 82 Stat. 476, as
amended. Title IX of the Housing and Urban Development Act is
classified principally to chapter 49 (Sec. 3931 et seq.) of Title
42. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see Short
Title of 1968 Amendment note set out under section 1701 of this
title and Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Amendment by Pub. L. 98-473 is based on section 211(a) of title
II of S. 2416, as introduced in the Senate on Mar. 13, 1984, which
was enacted into permanent law by section 101(1) of Pub. L. 98-473.
R.S. Sec. 5136 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 8, 13
Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this
title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1999 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 106-102 inserted at end ''In
addition to the provisions in this paragraph for dealing in,
underwriting, or purchasing securities, the limitations and
restrictions contained in this paragraph as to dealing in,
underwriting, and purchasing investment securities for the national
bank's own account shall not apply to obligations (including
limited obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and obligations that
satisfy the requirements of section 142(b)(1) of title 26) issued
by or on behalf of any State or political subdivision of a State,
including any municipal corporate instrumentality of 1 or more
States, or any public agency or authority of any State or political
subdivision of a State, if the national bank is well capitalized
(as defined in section 1831o of this title).''
1996 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 104-208, Sec. 101(c) (Sec. 710(b)),
in seventh sentence, inserted ''Bank for Economic Cooperation and
Development in the Middle East and North Africa,'' after ''the
Inter-American Development Bank''.
Par. Eleventh. Pub. L. 104 - 208, Sec. 2704(d)(7), which directed
the amendment of the fifth sentence by substituting ''Deposit
Insurance Fund'' for ''affected deposit insurance fund'', was not
executed. See Effective Date of 1996 Amendment note below.
1994 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 347(b), in last
sentence of first par., substituted ''(15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)). The
exception provided for the securities described in subparagraphs
(A), (B), and (C) shall be subject to such regulations'' for ''(15
U.S.C. 78c(a)(41))), subject to such regulations''.
Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 322(a)(1)(A), in fifth proviso inserted
''or depository institution holding companies (as defined in
section 1813 of this title)'' after ''(except to the extent
directors' qualifying shares are required by law) by depository
institutions''.
Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 322(a)(1)(B), which directed substitution
in fifth proviso of ''services to or for other depository
institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors,
and employees of such institutions and companies, and in providing
correspondent banking services at the request of other depository
institutions or their holding companies (also referred to as a
'banker's bank')'' for ''services for other depository institutions
and their officers, directors and employees'', was executed by
making the substitution for ''services for other depository
institutions and their officers, directors, and employees'' to
reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 206(c), substituted ''(B) are small
business related securities (as defined in section 3(a)(53) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934); or (C) are mortgage related
securities'' for ''or (B) are mortgage related securities''.
1993 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 103-182 inserted ''the North
American Development Bank,'' after ''Inter-American Development
Bank,''.
1992 - Par. Eleventh. Pub. L. 102-485 added par. Eleventh.
1990 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 101-513 inserted ''the European Bank
for Reconstruction and Development,'' before ''the Inter-American
Development Bank,'' and substituted ''the African Development Bank,
the Inter-American Investment Corporation, or the International
Finance Corporation,'' for ''the African Development Bank or the
Inter-American Investment Corporation,''.
1988 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 100-449 inserted provisions
authorizing national banking associations to deal in, underwrite,
and purchase Canadian government obligations for the association's
own account.
1987 - Par. Tenth. Pub. L. 100-86 added par. Tenth.
1984 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 98-473 inserted reference to the
Inter-American Investment Corporation.
Pub. L. 98-440 inserted provision that the limitations and
restrictions contained in this paragraph as to an association
purchasing investment securities for its own account shall not
apply to securities offered and sold pursuant to section 15 U.S.C.
77d(5), or that are mortgage related securities (as defined in 15
U.S.C. 78c(a)(41)), subject to such regulations as the Comptroller
of the Currency may prescribe.
1983 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 97-457 substituted ''10 per centum
of the association's'' for ''10 per centum of its'' after ''exceed
at any time''.
1982 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 97-320 substituted ''Provided
further, That notwithstanding any other provision of this
paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account shares
of stock of a bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation or a holding company which owns or controls such an
insured bank if the stock of such bank or company is owned
exclusively (except to the extent directors' qualifying shares are
required by law) by depository institutions and such bank or
company and all subsidiaries thereof are engaged exclusively in
providing services for other depository institutions and their
officers, directors, and employees, but in no event shall the total
amount of such stock held by the association in any bank or holding
company exceed at any time 10 per centum of its capital stock and
paid in and unimpaired surplus and in no event shall the purchase
of such stock result in an association's acquiring more than 5 per
centum of any class of voting securities of such bank or company''
for ''Provided further, That, notwithstanding any other provision
of this paragraph, the association may purchase for its own account
shares of stock of a bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation if the stock of such bank is owned exclusively by other
banks (except to the extent State law requires directors qualifying
shares) and if such bank is engaged exclusively in providing
banking services for other banks and their officers, directors, or
employees, but in no event shall the total amount of such stock
held by the association exceed at any time 10 per centum of its
capital stock and paid in and unimpaired surplus, and in no event
shall the purchase of such stock result in the association's
acquiring more than 5 per centum of any class of voting securities
of such bank''.
1981 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 97-35 inserted reference to the
African Development Bank.
1980 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 96-221 inserted proviso relating to
purchase of stock in bankers' banks.
1974 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 93-383 substituted ''section 6(g) of
the United States Housing Act of 1937'' for references to section
1421a(b) of title 42 wherever appearing, struck out ''either''
before ''(1)'', ''(which obligations shall have a maturity of not
more than eighteen months)'' in cl. (1) and ''or'' before ''(2)'',
added cl. (3), and inserted reference to mortgages, obligations, or
other securities sold by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
pursuant to section 1454 or 1455 of this title.
1973 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 93-234 authorized investments by
national banks in agricultural credit corporations.
Pub. L. 93-224 inserted ''or obligations of the Federal Financing
Bank'' after ''or obligations, participations, or other instruments
of or issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association or the
Government National Mortgage Association''.
Pub. L. 93-100 inserted provision that the association may
purchase shares of stock issued by state housing corporations
incorporated in the state in which the association is located and
make investments in loans and commitments for loans to such
corporations with certain limitations.
1972 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 92-500 inserted ''or obligations of
the Environmental Financing Authority'' after ''Government National
Mortgage Association''.
Pub. L. 92-349 inserted provisions that limitations and
restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and
underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations
of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority which are
guaranteed by the Secretary of Transportation under section 9 of
the National Capital Transportation Act of 1969.
Pub. L. 92-318 included obligations or other instruments or
securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association.
1970 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 91-375 made limitations and
restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and
underwriting investment securities inapplicable to bonds, notes and
other obligations issued by the United States Postal Service.
1968 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 90-448, Sec. 807(j), inserted ''or
the Government National Mortgage Association'' after ''Federal
National Mortgage Association''.
Pub. L. 90-448, Sec. 911, authorized the association to purchase
for its own account shares of stock issued by a corporation
authorized to be created pursuant to sections 3931-3940 of title
42, and to make investments in a partnership, limited partnership,
or joint venture formed pursuant to section 3937(a) or 3937(c) of
title 42.
Pub. L. 90-448, Sec. 1705(h), included obligations issued by any
State or political subdivision or any agency of a State or
political subdivision for housing, university, or dormitory
purposes.
Par. Ninth. Pub. L. 90-448, Sec. 804(c), added par. Ninth.
1967 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 90-19 substituted ''Secretary of
Housing and Urban Development (hereafter in this sentence referred
to as the 'Secretary')'' for ''Federal Housing Administrator''; and
''Secretary'' for ''Housing and Home Finance Administrator'' after
''local public agency and the'', for ''Administrator'' in two
instances just before ''agrees to lend'', and for ''Public Housing
Administration'' wherever appearing in cls. (1) and (2),
respectively.
1966 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 89-754 made limitations and
restrictions for dealing, underwriting, and purchasing for its own
account of investment securities inapplicable to obligations which
are insured by Secretary of Housing and Urban Development under
provisions relating to mortgage insurance for group practice
facilities.
Pub. L. 89-369 inserted provisions that limitations and
restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and
underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations
issued by the Asian Development Bank.
1964 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 88-560 substituted ''or obligations,
participations, or other instruments of or issued by the Federal
National Mortgage Association'' for ''or obligations of the Federal
National Mortgage Association''.
1959 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 86-372 substituted ''monies in an
aggregate amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably
committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will
suffice to pay, when due, the interest on and all installments
(including the final installment) of the principal of such
obligations, which monies under the terms of said agreement are
required to be used for such payments'' for ''prior to the maturity
of such obligations (which obligations shall have a maturity of not
more than eighteen months), monies in an amount which (together
with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of
interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of
such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies
under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the
purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such
obligations at their maturity'' after ''local public agency,''.
Pub. L. 86-278 substituted ''any'' for ''either'' before ''of
said organizations'' in last sentence.
Pub. L. 86-230 struck out ''or the Home Owners' Loan
Corporation'' after ''Federal Home Loan Banks''.
Pub. L. 86-147 inserted provisions that limitations and
restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and
underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations
issued by the Inter-American Development Bank.
Pub. L. 86-137 inserted provisions that limitations and
restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and
underwriting investment securities shall not apply to bonds, notes
and other obligations issued by the Tennessee Valley Authority.
1959 - Par. Seventh. Pub. L. 86-372 substituted ''monies in an
aggregate amount which (together with any other monies irrevocably
committed to the payment of interest on such obligations) will
suffice to pay, when due, the interest on and all installments
(including the final installment) of the principal of such
obligations, which monies under the terms of said agreement are
required to be used for such payments'' for ''prior to the maturity
of such obligations (which obligations shall have a maturity of not
more than eighteen months), monies in an amount which (together
with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of
interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of
such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies
under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the
purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such
obligations at their maturity'' following ''local public agency,''.
Pub. L. 86-278 substituted ''any'' for ''either'' before ''of
said organizations'' in last sentence.
Pub. L. 86-230 struck out ''or the Home Owners' Loan
Corporation'' after ''Federal Home Loan Banks''.
Pub. L. 86-147 inserted provisions that limitations and
restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and
underwriting investment securities shall not apply to obligations
issued by the Inter-American Development Bank.
Pub. L. 86-137 inserted provisions that limitations and
restrictions contained in this section as to dealing in and
underwriting investment securities shall not apply to bonds, notes
and other obligations issued by the Tennessee Valley Authority.
1956 - Par. Seventh. Act July 26, 1956, removed restriction which
prohibited a national bank from investing in obligations of the
thirteen banks for cooperatives an amount exceeding 10 percent of
its capital stock actually paid in and unimpaired and 10 percent of
its unimpaired surplus.
1954 - Par. Seventh. Act Aug. 23, 1954, substituted ''thirteen
banks for cooperatives organized under the Farm Credit Act of 1933,
or any of them'' for ''Central Bank for Cooperatives'' in last
sentence.
Act Aug. 2, 1954, substituted ''or obligations of the Federal
National Mortgage Association'' for ''or obligations of national
mortgage associations'' in sixth sentence.
1952 - Par. Seventh. Act Apr. 9, 1952, enabled national banks and
State member banks of the Federal Reserve System to receive
compensation in the distribution of debentures issued by the
Central Bank for Cooperation.
1949 - Par. Seventh. Act July 15, 1949, inserted, in next to last
sentence, ''or such obligations of any local public agency (as
defined in section 110(h) of the Housing Act of 1949) as are
secured by an agreement between the local public agency and the
Housing and Home Finance Administrator in which the local public
agency agrees to borrow from said Administrator, and said
Administrator agrees to lend to said local public agency, prior to
the maturity of such obligations (which obligations shall have a
maturity of not more than eighteen months), monies in an amount
which (together with any other monies irrevocably committed to the
payment of interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the
principal of such obligations with interest to maturity thereon,
which monies under the terms of said agreement are required to be
used for the purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on
such obligations at their maturity, or such obligations of a public
housing agency (as defined in the United States Housing Act of
1937, as amended) as are secured either (1) by an agreement between
the public housing agency and the Public Housing Administration in
which the public housing agency agrees to borrow from the Public
Housing Administration, and the Public Housing Administration
agrees to lend to the public housing agency, prior to the maturity
of such obligations (which obligations shall have a maturity of not
more than eighteen months), monies in an amount which (together
with any other monies irrevocably committed to the payment of
interest on such obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of
such obligations with interest to maturity thereon, which monies
under the terms of said agreement are required to be used for the
purpose of paying the principal of and the interest on such
obligations at their maturity, or (2) by a pledge of annual
contributions under an annual contributions contract between such
public housing agency and the Public Housing Administration if such
contract shall contain the covenant by the Public Housing
Administration which is authorized by subsection (b) of section 22
of the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended, and if the
maximum sum and the maximum period specified in such contract
pursuant to said subsection 22(b) shall not be less than the annual
amount and the period for payment, which are requisite to provide
for the payment when due of all installments of principal and
interest on such obligations''.
Act June 29, 1949, inserted last sentence to permit national
banks and State member banks of the Federal Reserve System to deal
in and underwrite obligations issued by the International Bank
subject to certain limitations.
1940 - Par. Eighth. Act June 11, 1940, added par. Eighth.
1938 - Par. Seventh. Act Feb. 3, 1938, inserted ''or obligations
of national mortgage associations'' in last sentence.
1935 - Par. Seventh. Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended second, fourth,
and last sentences.
1933 - Act June 16, 1933, among other changes, struck out closing
paragraph prohibiting transaction of any business by association
prior to authorization by Comptroller, except that necessarily
preliminary to organization.
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, struck out definite period of
succession in par. Second, and inserted provisos in par. Seventh.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1999 AMENDMENT
Pub. L. 106-102, title I, Sec. 161, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat.
1384, provided that: ''This title (enacting sections 24a, 1820a,
1828a, 1828b, 1831v, 1831w, and 1848a of this title and section
6701 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, amending this section,
sections 25a, 335, 371c, 1821, 1835a, 1841 to 1844, 1849, 1850,
1864, 1971, 2903, 3101, 3106, and 3107 of this title, and section
18a of Title 15, repealing sections 78 and 377 of this title, and
enacting provisions set out as notes under sections 252, 1843, and
4801 of this title and section 41 of Title 15) (other than section
104 (enacting section 6701 of Title 15)) and the amendments made by
this title shall take effect 120 days after the date of the
enactment of this Act (Nov. 12, 1999).''
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1996 AMENDMENT
Amendment by section 2704(d)(7) of Pub. L. 104-208 effective Jan.
1, 1999, if no insured depository institution is a savings
association on that date, see section 2704(c) of Pub. L. 104-208,
set out as a note under section 1821 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1994 AMENDMENT
Section 347(d) of Pub. L. 103-325 provided that: ''The amendments
made by this section (amending this section and section 78c of
Title 15, Commerce and Trade) shall become effective upon the date
of promulgation of final regulations under subsection (c) (set out
below).''
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 1988 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 100-449 effective on date United
States-Canada Free-Trade Agreement enters into force (Jan. 1,
1989), and to cease to have effect on date Agreement ceases to be
in force, see section 501(a), (c) of Pub. L. 100-449, set out in a
note under section 2112 of Title 19, Customs Duties.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1981 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 97-35 effective Aug. 13, 1981, see section
1372 of Pub. L. 97-35, set out as an Effective Date note under
section 290i of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1973 AMENDMENTS
Amendment by Pub. L. 93-224 effective Dec. 29, 1973, see section
20 of Pub. L. 93-224, set out as an Effective Date note under
section 2281 of this title.
Amendment by Pub. L. 93-100 effective Aug. 16, 1973, see section
8 of Pub. L. 93-100, set out as an Effective Date note under
section 1469 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1970 AMENDMENT
For effective date of amendment by Pub. L. 91-375, see section
15(a) of Pub. L. 91-375, set out as an Effective Date note
preceding section 101 of Title 39, Postal Service.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1968 AMENDMENT
For effective date of amendment by title VIII of Pub. L. 90-448,
see section 808 of Pub. L. 90-448, set out as an Effective Date
note under section 1716b of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1956 AMENDMENT
Amendment by act July 26, 1956, effective Jan. 1, 1957, see
section 202(a) of act July 26, 1956.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1933 AMENDMENT
Section 16 of act June 16, 1933, provided that restrictions of
this section as to dealing in investment securities shall take
effect one year after June 16, 1933.
REGULATIONS
Section 347(c) of Pub. L. 103-325 provided that: ''Not later than
1 year after the date of enactment of this Act (Sept. 23, 1994),
the Comptroller of the Currency shall promulgate final regulations,
in accordance with the thirteenth sentence of Paragraph Seventh of
section 5136 of the Revised Statutes (this section) (as amended by
subsection (b)), to carry out the amendments made by this section
(amending this section and section 78c of Title 15, Commerce and
Trade).'' (Final regulations implementing these amendments were
published in the Federal Register on Dec. 2, 1996 (61 F.R. 63972),
effective Dec. 31, 1996.)
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
ABOLITION OF HOME OWNERS' LOAN CORPORATION
For dissolution and abolishment of Home Owners' Loan Corporation,
by act June 30, 1953, ch. 170, Sec. 21, 67 Stat. 126, see note set
out under section 1463 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 335, 371c, 378, 1464,
1733, 1841, 1843, 3102, 3201 of this title; title 15 section 78c;
title 22 section 286k-2.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 24a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 24a. Financial subsidiaries of national banks
-STATUTE-
(a) Authorization to conduct in subsidiaries certain activities
that are financial in nature
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), a national bank may control a
financial subsidiary, or hold an interest in a financial
subsidiary.
(2) Conditions and requirements
A national bank may control a financial subsidiary, or hold an
interest in a financial subsidiary, only if -
(A) the financial subsidiary engages only in -
(i) activities that are financial in nature or incidental
to a financial activity pursuant to subsection (b) of this
section; and
(ii) activities that are permitted for national banks to
engage in directly (subject to the same terms and conditions
that govern the conduct of the activities by a national
bank);
(B) the activities engaged in by the financial subsidiary as
a principal do not include -
(i) insuring, guaranteeing, or indemnifying against loss,
harm, damage, illness, disability, or death (except to the
extent permitted under section 302 or 303(c) of the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (15 U.S.C. 6712 or 6713(c))) or
providing or issuing annuities the income of which is subject
to tax treatment under section 72 of title 26;
(ii) real estate development or real estate investment
activities, unless otherwise expressly authorized by law; or
(iii) any activity permitted in subparagraph (H) or (I) of
section 1843(k)(4) of this title, except activities described
in section 1843(k)(4)(H) of this title that may be permitted
in accordance with section 122 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act;
(C) the national bank and each depository institution
affiliate of the national bank are well capitalized and well
managed;
(D) the aggregate consolidated total assets of all financial
subsidiaries of the national bank do not exceed the lesser of -
(i) 45 percent of the consolidated total assets of the
parent bank; or
(ii) $50,000,000,000;
(E) except as provided in paragraph (4), the national bank
meets any applicable rating or other requirement set forth in
paragraph (3); and
(F) the national bank has received the approval of the
Comptroller of the Currency for the financial subsidiary to
engage in such activities, which approval shall be based solely
upon the factors set forth in this section.
(3) Rating or comparable requirement
(A) In general
A national bank meets the requirements of this paragraph if -
(i) the bank is 1 of the 50 largest insured banks and has
not fewer than 1 issue of outstanding eligible debt that is
currently rated within the 3 highest investment grade rating
categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating
organization; or
(ii) the bank is 1 of the second 50 largest insured banks
and meets the criteria set forth in clause (i) or such other
criteria as the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System may jointly establish
by regulation and determine to be comparable to and
consistent with the purposes of the rating required in clause
(i).
(B) Consolidated total assets
For purposes of this paragraph, the size of an insured bank
shall be determined on the basis of the consolidated total
assets of the bank as of the end of each calendar year.
(4) Financial agency subsidiary
The requirement in paragraph (2)(E) shall not apply with
respect to the ownership or control of a financial subsidiary
that engages in activities described in subsection (b)(1) of this
section solely as agent and not directly or indirectly as
principal.
(5) Regulations required
Before the end of the 270-day period beginning on November 12,
1999, the Comptroller of the Currency shall, by regulation,
prescribe procedures to implement this section.
(6) Indexed asset limit
The dollar amount contained in paragraph (2)(D) shall be
adjusted according to an indexing mechanism jointly established
by regulation by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
(7) Coordination with section 1843(l)(2) of this title
Section 1843(l)(2) of this title applies to a national bank
that controls a financial subsidiary in the manner provided in
that section.
(b) Activities that are financial in nature
(1) Financial activities
(A) In general
An activity shall be financial in nature or incidental to
such financial activity only if -
(i) such activity has been defined to be financial in
nature or incidental to a financial activity for bank holding
companies pursuant to section 1843(k)(4) of this title; or
(ii) the Secretary of the Treasury determines the activity
is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity
in accordance with subparagraph (B).
(B) Coordination between the Board and the Secretary of the
Treasury
(i) Proposals raised before the Secretary of the Treasury
(I) Consultation
The Secretary of the Treasury shall notify the Board of,
and consult with the Board concerning, any request,
proposal, or application under this section for a
determination of whether an activity is financial in nature
or incidental to a financial activity.
(II) Board view
The Secretary of the Treasury shall not determine that
any activity is financial in nature or incidental to a
financial activity under this section if the Board notifies
the Secretary in writing, not later than 30 days after the
date of receipt of the notice described in subclause (I)
(or such longer period as the Secretary determines to be
appropriate under the circumstances) that the Board
believes that the activity is not financial in nature or
incidental to a financial activity or is not otherwise
permissible under this section.
(ii) Proposals raised by the Board
(I) Board recommendation
The Board may, at any time, recommend in writing that the
Secretary of the Treasury find an activity to be financial
in nature or incidental to a financial activity for
purposes of this section.
(II) Time period for secretarial action
Not later than 30 days after the date of receipt of a
written recommendation from the Board under subclause (I)
(or such longer period as the Secretary of the Treasury and
the Board determine to be appropriate under the
circumstances), the Secretary shall determine whether to
initiate a public rulemaking proposing that the subject
recommended activity be found to be financial in nature or
incidental to a financial activity under this section, and
shall notify the Board in writing of the determination of
the Secretary and, in the event that the Secretary
determines not to seek public comment on the proposal, the
reasons for that determination.
(2) Factors to be considered
In determining whether an activity is financial in nature or
incidental to a financial activity, the Secretary shall take into
account -
(A) the purposes of this Act (FOOTNOTE 1) and the
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act;
(FOOTNOTE 1) So in original.
(B) changes or reasonably expected changes in the marketplace
in which banks compete;
(C) changes or reasonably expected changes in the technology
for delivering financial services; and
(D) whether such activity is necessary or appropriate to
allow a bank and the subsidiaries of a bank to -
(i) compete effectively with any company seeking to provide
financial services in the United States;
(ii) efficiently deliver information and services that are
financial in nature through the use of technological means,
including any application necessary to protect the security
or efficacy of systems for the transmission of data or
financial transactions; and
(iii) offer customers any available or emerging
technological means for using financial services or for the
document imaging of data.
(3) Authorization of new financial activities
The Secretary of the Treasury shall, by regulation or order and
in accordance with paragraph (1)(B), define, consistent with the
purposes of this Act (FOOTNOTE 1) and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act,
the following activities as, and the extent to which such
activities are, financial in nature or incidental to a financial
activity:
(A) Lending, exchanging, transferring, investing for others,
or safeguarding financial assets other than money or
securities.
(B) Providing any device or other instrumentality for
transferring money or other financial assets.
(C) Arranging, effecting, or facilitating financial
transactions for the account of third parties.
(c) Capital deduction
(1) Capital deduction required
In determining compliance with applicable capital standards -
(A) the aggregate amount of the outstanding equity
investment, including retained earnings, of a national bank in
all financial subsidiaries shall be deducted from the assets
and tangible equity of the national bank; and
(B) the assets and liabilities of the financial subsidiaries
shall not be consolidated with those of the national bank.
(2) Financial statement disclosure of capital deduction
Any published financial statement of a national bank that
controls a financial subsidiary shall, in addition to providing
information prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, separately present financial information
for the bank in the manner provided in paragraph (1).
(d) Safeguards for the bank
A national bank that establishes or maintains a financial
subsidiary shall assure that -
(1) the procedures of the national bank for identifying and
managing financial and operational risks within the national bank
and the financial subsidiary adequately protect the national bank
from such risks;
(2) the national bank has, for the protection of the bank,
reasonable policies and procedures to preserve the separate
corporate identity and limited liability of the national bank and
the financial subsidiaries of the national bank; and
(3) the national bank is in compliance with this section.
(e) Provisions applicable to national banks that fail to continue
to meet certain requirements
(1) In general
If a national bank or insured depository institution affiliate
does not continue to meet the requirements of subsection
(a)(2)(C) of this section or subsection (d) of this section, the
Comptroller of the Currency shall promptly give notice to the
national bank to that effect describing the conditions giving
rise to the notice.
(2) Agreement to correct conditions
Not later than 45 days after the date of receipt by a national
bank of a notice given under paragraph (1) (or such additional
period as the Comptroller of the Currency may permit), the
national bank shall execute an agreement with the Comptroller of
the Currency and any relevant insured depository institution
affiliate shall execute an agreement with its appropriate Federal
banking agency to comply with the requirements of subsection
(a)(2)(C) of this section and subsection (d) of this section.
(3) Imposition of conditions
Until the conditions described in a notice under paragraph (1)
are corrected -
(A) the Comptroller of the Currency may impose such
limitations on the conduct or activities of the national bank
or any subsidiary of the national bank as the Comptroller of
the Currency determines to be appropriate under the
circumstances and consistent with the purposes of this section;
and
(B) the appropriate Federal banking agency may impose such
limitations on the conduct or activities of any relevant
insured depository institution affiliate or any subsidiary of
the institution as such agency determines to be appropriate
under the circumstances and consistent with the purposes of
this section.
(4) Failure to correct
If the conditions described in a notice to a national bank
under paragraph (1) are not corrected within 180 days after the
date of receipt by the national bank of the notice, the
Comptroller of the Currency may require the national bank, under
such terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Comptroller
and subject to such extension of time as may be granted in the
discretion of the Comptroller, to divest control of any financial
subsidiary.
(5) Consultation
In taking any action under this subsection, the Comptroller
shall consult with all relevant Federal and State regulatory
agencies and authorities.
(f) Failure to maintain public rating or meet applicable criteria
(1) In general
A national bank that does not continue to meet any applicable
rating or other requirement of subsection (a)(2)(E) of this
section after acquiring or establishing a financial subsidiary
shall not, directly or through a subsidiary, purchase or acquire
any additional equity capital of any financial subsidiary until
the bank meets such requirements.
(2) Equity capital
For purposes of this subsection, the term ''equity capital''
includes, in addition to any equity instrument, any debt
instrument issued by a financial subsidiary, if the instrument
qualifies as capital of the subsidiary under any Federal or State
law, regulation, or interpretation applicable to the subsidiary.
(g) Definitions
For purposes of this section, the following definitions shall
apply:
(1) Affiliate, company, control, and subsidiary
The terms ''affiliate'', ''company'', ''control'', and
''subsidiary'' have the meanings given those terms in section
1841 of this title.
(2) Appropriate Federal banking agency, depository institution,
insured bank, and insured depository institution
The terms ''appropriate Federal banking agency'', ''depository
institution'', ''insured bank'', and ''insured depository
institution'' have the meanings given those terms in section 1813
of this title.
(3) Financial subsidiary
The term ''financial subsidiary'' means any company that is
controlled by 1 or more insured depository institutions other
than a subsidiary that -
(A) engages solely in activities that national banks are
permitted to engage in directly and are conducted subject to
the same terms and conditions that govern the conduct of such
activities by national banks; or
(B) a national bank is specifically authorized by the express
terms of a Federal statute (other than this section), and not
by implication or interpretation, to control, such as by
section 25 or 25A of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 601 et
seq., 611 et seq.) or the Bank Service Company Act (12 U.S.C.
1861 et seq.).
(4) Eligible debt
The term ''eligible debt'' means unsecured long-term debt that
-
(A) is not supported by any form of credit enhancement,
including a guarantee or standby letter of credit; and
(B) is not held in whole or in any significant part by any
affiliate, officer, director, principal shareholder, or
employee of the bank or any other person acting on behalf of or
with funds from the bank or an affiliate of the bank.
(5) Well capitalized
The term ''well capitalized'' has the meaning given the term in
section 1831o of this title.
(6) Well managed
The term ''well managed'' means -
(A) in the case of a depository institution that has been
examined, unless otherwise determined in writing by the
appropriate Federal banking agency -
(i) the achievement of a composite rating of 1 or 2 under
the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (or an
equivalent rating under an equivalent rating system) in
connection with the most recent examination or subsequent
review of the depository institution; and
(ii) at least a rating of 2 for management, if such rating
is given; or
(B) in the case of any depository institution that has not
been examined, the existence and use of managerial resources
that the appropriate Federal banking agency determines are
satisfactory.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5136A, as added Pub. L. 106-102, title I, Sec.
121(a)(2), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1373.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, referred to in subsecs.
(a)(2)(B)(iii), (b)(2)(A), (3), is Pub. L. 106-102, Nov. 12, 1999,
113 Stat. 1338. Section 122 of the Act is set out as a note under
section 1843 of this title. For complete classification of this
Act to the Code, see Short Title of 1999 Amendment note set out
under section 1811 of this title and Tables.
Section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act, referred to in subsec.
(g)(3)(B), is classified to subchapter I (Sec. 601 et seq.) of
chapter 6 of this title. Section 25A of the Federal Reserve Act is
classified to subchapter II (Sec. 611 et seq.) of chapter 6 of this
title.
The Bank Service Company Act, referred to in subsec. (g)(3)(B),
is Pub. L. 87-856, Oct. 23, 1962, 76 Stat. 1132, as amended, which
is classified generally to chapter 18 (Sec. 1861 et seq.) of this
title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code, see
section 1861 of this title and Tables.
-MISC2-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 5136A of the Revised Statutes was renumbered
section 5136B by Pub. L. 106-102 and is classified to section 25a
of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section effective 120 days after Nov. 12, 1999, see section 161
of Pub. L. 106-102, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
note under section 24 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 335, 371c, 1831w, 1843,
1971 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 25 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 25. Omitted
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section, act July 1, 1922, ch. 257, Sec. 2, 42 Stat. 767,
repealed all acts extending the period of succession of national
banking associations for 20 years, and made paragraph Second of
section 24 applicable in that respect.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 25a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 25a. Participation by national banks in lotteries and related
activities
-STATUTE-
(a) Prohibited activities
A national bank may not -
(1) deal in lottery tickets;
(2) deal in bets used as a means or substitute for
participation in a lottery;
(3) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence of any
lottery;
(4) announce, advertise, or publicize the existence or identity
of any participant or winner, as such, in a lottery.
(b) Use of banking premises prohibited
A national bank may not permit -
(1) the use of any part of any of its banking offices by any
persons for any purpose forbidden to the bank under subsection
(a) of this section, or
(2) direct access by the public from any of its banking offices
to any premises used by any person for any purpose forbidden to
the bank under subsection (a) of this section.
(c) Definitions
As used in this section -
(1) The term ''deal in'' includes making, taking, buying,
selling, redeeming, or collecting.
(2) The term ''lottery'' includes any arrangement whereby three
or more persons (the ''participants'') advance money or credit to
another in exchange for the possibility or expectation that one
or more but not all of the participants (the ''winners'') will
receive by reason of their advances more than the amounts they
have advanced, the identity of the winners being determined by
any means which includes -
(A) a random selection;
(B) a game, race, or contest; or
(C) any record or tabulation of the result of one or more
events in which any participant has no interest except for its
bearing upon the possibility that he may become a winner.
(3) The term ''lottery ticket'' includes any right, privilege,
or possibility (and any ticket, receipt, record, or other
evidence of any such right, privilege, or possibility) of
becoming a winner in a lottery.
(d) Lawful banking services connected with operation of lotteries
Nothing contained in this section prohibits a national bank from
accepting deposits or cashing or otherwise handling checks or other
negotiable instruments, or performing other lawful banking services
for a State operating a lottery, or for an officer or employee of
that State who is charged with the administration of the lottery.
(e) Regulations; enforcement
The Comptroller of the Currency shall issue such regulations as
may be necessary to the strict enforcement of this section and the
prevention of evasions thereof.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5136B, formerly Sec. 5136A, as added Pub. L. 90-203,
Sec. 1(a), Dec. 15, 1967, 81 Stat. 608; renumbered R.S. Sec. 5136B,
Pub. L. 106-102, title I, Sec. 121(a)(1), Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat.
1373.)
-MISC1-
EFFECTIVE DATE
Section 6 of Pub. L. 90-203 provided that: ''The amendments made
by this Act (adding this section, sections 339, 1730c, and 1829a of
this title, and section 1306 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal
Procedure) shall take effect on April 1, 1968.''
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in title 18 section 1306.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 26 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 26. Comptroller to determine if association can commence
business
-STATUTE-
Whenever a certificate is transmitted to the Comptroller of the
Currency, as provided in title 62 of the Revised Statutes, and the
association transmitting the same notifies the comptroller that all
of its capital stock has been duly paid in, and that such
association has complied with all the provisions of title 62 of the
Revised Statutes required to be complied with before an association
shall be authorized to commence the business of banking, the
comptroller shall examine into the condition of such association,
ascertain especially the amount of money paid in on account of its
capital, the name and place of residence of each of its directors,
and the amount of the capital stock of which each is the owner in
good faith, and generally whether such association has complied
with all the provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes
required to entitle it to engage in the business of banking; and
shall cause to be made and attested by the oaths of a majority of
the directors, and by the president or cashier of the association,
a statement of all the facts necessary to enable the comptroller to
determine whether the association is lawfully entitled to commence
the business of banking.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5168; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 2, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
457.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the
original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes,
consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are classified to
sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53,
55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93,
93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481
to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections
8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. Sec. 5133
to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5168 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 17,
13 Stat. 104, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 substituted ''all'' for ''at least 50 per
centum'' before ''of its capital stock''.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 27 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 27. Certificate of authority to commence banking
-STATUTE-
(a) If, upon a careful examination of the facts so reported, and
of any other facts which may come to the knowledge of the
comptroller, whether by means of a special commission appointed by
him for the purpose of inquiring into the condition of such
association, or otherwise, it appears that such association is
lawfully entitled to commence the business of banking, the
comptroller shall give to such association a certificate, under his
hand and official seal, that such association has complied with all
the provisions required to be complied with before commencing the
business of banking, and that such association is authorized to
commence such business. But the comptroller may withhold from an
association his certificate authorizing the commencement of
business, whenever he has reason to suppose that the shareholders
have formed the same for any other than the legitimate objects
contemplated by title 62 of the Revised Statutes. A National Bank
Association, to which the Comptroller of the Currency has
heretofore issued or hereafter issues such certificate, is not
illegally constituted solely because its operations are or have
been required by the Comptroller of the Currency to limited to
those of a trust company and activities related thereto.
(b)(1) The Comptroller of the Currency may also issue a
certificate of authority to commence the business of banking
pursuant to this section to a national banking association which is
owned exclusively (except to the extent directors' qualifying
shares are required by law) by other depository institutions or
depository institution holding companies and is organized to engage
exclusively in providing services to or for other depository
institutions, their holding companies, and the officers, directors,
and employees of such institutions and companies, and in providing
correspondent banking services at the request of other depository
institutions or their holding companies (also referred to as a
''banker's bank'').
(2) Any national banking association chartered pursuant to
paragraph (1) shall be subject to such rules, regulations, and
orders as the Comptroller deems appropriate, and, except as
otherwise specifically provided in such rules, regulations, or
orders, shall be vested with or subject to the same rights,
privileges, duties, restrictions, penalties, liabilities,
conditions, and limitations that would apply under the national
banking laws to a national bank.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5169; Pub. L. 95-630, title XV, Sec. 1504, Nov. 10,
1978, 92 Stat. 3713; Pub. L. 96-221, title VII, Sec. 712(a), (c),
Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 189, 190; Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec.
404(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1511; Pub. L. 103-325, title III,
Sec. 322(a)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2227.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in subsec. (a), was
in the original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised
Statutes, consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are
classified to sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37,
39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86,
90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194,
196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See,
also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title
18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of
R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5169 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 12,
18, 13 Stat. 102, 104, which was the National Bank Act. See section
38 of this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 322(a)(2)(A),
inserted ''or depository institution holding companies'' after ''by
other depository institutions''.
Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 322(a)(2)(B), which directed substitution
of ''services to or for other depository institutions, their
holding companies, and the officers, directors, and employees of
such institutions and companies, and in providing correspondent
banking services at the request of other depository institutions or
their holding companies (also referred to as a 'banker's bank')''
for ''services for other depository institutions and their
officers, directors and employees'', was executed by making the
substitution for ''services for other depository institutions and
their officers, directors, and employees'' to reflect the probable
intent of Congress.
1982 - Pub. L. 97-320 designated existing provisions as subsec.
(a) and added subsec. (b).
1980 - Pub. L. 96-221, Sec. 712(a), (c), temporarily inserted
provisions relating to treatment of national banking associations
as additional banks within the contemplation of section 1842 of
this title. See Termination Date of 1980 Amendment note below.
1978 - Pub. L. 95-630 inserted provision that a National Bank
Association, to which the Comptroller of the Currency has
heretofore issued or hereafter issues such certificate, is not
illegally constituted solely because its operations are or have
been required by the Comptroller of the Currency to be limited to
those of a trust company and activities related thereto.
TERMINATION DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENT
Section 712(c) of Pub. L. 96-221 provided that: ''The amendments
made by this section (amending this section and section 1842 of
this title) are hereby repealed on October 1, 1981.''
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT
Section 1505 of Pub. L. 95-630 provided that: ''This title
(amending this section and sections 1715z-10 and 2902 of this title
and amending provisions set out as a note under section 1666f of
Title 15, Commerce and Trade) shall take effect upon enactment
(Nov. 10, 1978).''
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1464 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 28 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 28. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(e)(1), Sept.
23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2291
-MISC1-
Section, R.S. Sec. 5170, required publication of certificate of
authority to commence banking for 60 days after issuance.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5170 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 18,
13 Stat. 104, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 29 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 29. Power to hold real property
-STATUTE-
A national banking association may purchase, hold, and convey
real estate for the following purposes, and for no others:
First. Such as shall be necessary for its accommodation in the
transaction of its business.
Second. Such as shall be mortgaged to it in good faith by way of
security for debts previously contracted.
Third. Such as shall be conveyed to it in satisfaction of debts
previously contracted in the course of its dealings.
Fourth. Such as it shall purchase at sales under judgments,
decrees, or mortgages held by the association, or shall purchase to
secure debts due to it.
But no such association shall hold the possession of any real
estate under mortgage, or the title and possession of any real
estate purchased to secure any debts due to it, for a longer period
than five years except as otherwise provided in this section.
For real estate in the possession of a national banking
association upon application by the association, the Comptroller of
the Currency may approve the possession of any such real estate by
such association for a period longer than five years, but not to
exceed an additional five years, if (1) the association has made a
good faith attempt to dispose of the real estate within the
five-year period, or (2) disposal within the five-year period would
be detrimental to the association. Upon notification by the
association to the Comptroller of the Currency that such conditions
exist that require the expenditure of funds for the development and
improvement of such real estate, and subject to such conditions and
limitations as the Comptroller of the Currency shall prescribe, the
association may expend such funds as are needed to enable such
association to recover its total investment.
Notwithstanding the five-year holding limitation of this section
or any other provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, any
national banking association which on October 15, 1982, held,
directly or indirectly, real estate, including any subsurface
rights or interests therein, that since December 31, 1979, had not
been valued on the books of such association for more than a
nominal amount, may continue to hold such real estate, rights, or
interests for such longer period of time as would be permitted a
State chartered bank by the law of the State in which the
association is located if the aggregate amount of earnings from
such real estate, rights, or interests is separately disclosed in
the annual financial statements of the association.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5137; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 3, 44 Stat. 1227;
Pub. L. 96-221, title VII, Sec. 701(a), Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat.
186; Pub. L. 97-25, title III, Sec. 302, July 27, 1981, 95 Stat.
145; Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 413, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat.
1521.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in last par., was
in the original ''this title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised
Statutes, consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are
classified to sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37,
39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86,
90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194,
196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See,
also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title
18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of
R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5137 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 28,
13 Stat. 107, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1982 - Pub. L. 97-320 substituted ''Notwithstanding the five-year
holding limitation of this section or any other provision of title
62 of the Revised Statutes, any national banking association which
on October 15, 1982, held, directly or indirectly, real estate,
including any subsurface rights or interests therein, that since
December 31, 1979, had not been valued on the books of such
association for more than a nominal amount, may continue to hold
such real estate, rights, or interests for such longer period of
time as would be permitted a State chartered bank by the law of the
State in which the association is located if the aggregate amount
of earnings from such real estate, rights, or interests is
separately disclosed in the annual financial statements of the
association'' for ''Notwithstanding any other provision of this
section, any national banking association which, on July 27, 1981,
held title to and possession of real estate which was carried on
the association's books at a nominal value on December 31, 1979,
may continue to hold such real estate until December 31, 1982, if
the earnings from such real estate are separately disclosed in the
financial statements of the association''.
1981 - Pub. L. 97-25 inserted provision that any national banking
association which, on July 27, 1981, held title to and possession
of real estate which was carried on the association's books at a
nominal value on December 31, 1979, may continue to hold such real
estate until December 31, 1982, if the earnings from such real
estate are separately disclosed in the financial statements of the
association.
1980 - Pub. L. 96-221 inserted provisions relating to
authorization to hold real estate in the possession of a national
banking association upon application by the association.
1927 - Par. First. Act Feb. 25, 1927, struck out ''immediate,''
before ''accommodation,'' in par. First.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 30 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 30. Change of name or location
-STATUTE-
(a) Name change
Any national banking association, upon written notice to the
Comptroller of the Currency, may change its name, except that such
new name shall include the word ''National''.
(b) Location change
Any national banking association, upon written notice to the
Comptroller of the Currency, may change the location of its main
office to any authorized branch location within the limits of the
city, town, or village in which it is situated, or, with a vote of
shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association for
a relocation outside such limits and upon receipt of a certificate
of approval from the Comptroller of the Currency, to any other
location within or outside the limits of the city, town, or village
in which it is located, but not more than thirty miles beyond such
limits.
(c) Coordination with section 36 of this title
In the case of a national bank which relocates the main office of
such bank from 1 State to another State after May 31, 1997, the
bank may retain and operate branches within the State from which
the bank relocated such office only to the extent authorized in
section 36(e)(2) of this title.
(d) Retention of ''Federal'' in name of converted Federal savings
association
(1) In general
Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section or any other
provision of law, any depository institution, the charter of
which is converted from that of a Federal savings association to
a national bank or a State bank after November 12, 1999, may
retain the term ''Federal'' in the name of such institution if
such institution remains an insured depository institution.
(2) Definitions
For purposes of this subsection, the terms ''depository
institution'', ''insured depository institution'', ''national
bank'', and ''State bank'' have the meanings given those terms in
section 1813 of this title.
-SOURCE-
(May 1, 1886, ch. 73, Sec. 2, 24 Stat. 18; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 3,
Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457; Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 405(a),
Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1512; Pub. L. 97-457, Sec. 19(a), Jan. 12,
1983, 96 Stat. 2509; Pub. L. 103-328, title I, Sec. 102(b)(2),
Sept. 29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2350; Pub. L. 106-102, title VII, Sec.
723, Nov. 12, 1999, 113 Stat. 1471.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1999 - Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 106-102 added subsec. (d).
1994 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103-328 added subsec. (c).
1983 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 97-457 inserted ''for a relocation
outside such limits'' after ''stock of such association''.
1982 - Pub. L. 97-320 designated existing provisions as subsec.
(a), substituted provisions permitting a change of name upon
written notice to the Comptroller, such new name to include
''National'', for provisions permitting a change of name or
location of the main office, with approval of the Comptroller,
within city limits, etc., or outside such limits by vote of
shareholders, such change to be validated by certificate of
approval, and added subsec. (b).
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 required approval of Comptroller of the
Currency before a national bank could change location of its main
office within the limitations of the city, town, or village in
which it is situated.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 31 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 31. Rights and liabilities as affected by change of name
-STATUTE-
All debts, liabilities, rights, provisions, and powers of the
association under its old name shall devolve upon and inure to the
association under its new name.
-SOURCE-
(May 1, 1886, ch. 73, Sec. 3, 24 Stat. 19.)
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 32 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 32. Liabilities and suits as affected by change of name or
location
-STATUTE-
Nothing contained in sections 30 and 31 of this title shall be so
construed as in any manner to release any national banking
association under its old name or at its old location from any
liability, or affect any action or proceeding in law in which said
association may be or become a party or interested.
-SOURCE-
(May 1, 1886, ch. 73, Sec. 4, 24 Stat. 19.)
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 33 to 34c 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 33 to 34c. Transferred
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, 40 Stat. 1043, as amended, formerly
classified to sections 33 to 34c of this title, which related to
consolidation and merger of national banking associations and such
associations and State banks, was completely amended by Pub. L.
86-230, Sec. 20, Sept. 8 1959 73 Stat. 460, and is classified to
sections 215 to 215b of this title.
Section 33, acts Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, Sec. 1, 40 Stat. 1043;
June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 24(a), 48 Stat. 190; Aug. 23, 1935, ch.
614, Sec. 330, 49 Stat. 718, related to consolidation of national
banks, capital stock, dissenting shareholders, notice and valuation
of shares. See section 215 of this title.
Section 34, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, Sec. 2, 40 Stat. 1044,
related to effect of consolidation on rights and liabilities. See
section 215 of this title.
Section 34a, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, Sec. 3, as added Feb. 25,
1927, ch. 191, Sec. 1, 44 Stat. 1225, and amended June 16, 1933,
ch. 89 Sec. 24, 48 Stat. 190; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, Sec. 331, 49
Stat. 719; July 14, 1952, ch. 722, Sec. 2, 66 Stat. 601, related to
consolidation of State bank, etc. with national bank, capital stock
and dissenting shareholders. See section 215 of this title.
Section 34b, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, Sec. 4, as added July 14,
1952, ch. 722, Sec. 1, 66 Stat. 599, related to merger of national
banking associations or State banks into national banking
associations. See section 215a of this title.
Section 34c, act Nov. 7, 1918, ch. 209, Sec. 5, as added July 14,
1952, ch. 722, Sec. 1, 66, Stat. 601, related to definitions. See
section 215b of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 35 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 35. Organization of State banks as national banking
associations
-STATUTE-
Any bank incorporated by special law of any State or of the
United States or organized under the general laws of any State or
of the United States and having an unimpaired capital sufficient to
entitle it to become a national banking association under the
provisions of the existing laws may, by the vote of the
shareholders owning not less than 51 per centum of the capital
stock of such bank or banking association, with the approval of the
Comptroller of the Currency be converted into a national banking
association, with a name that contains the word ''national'':
Provided, however, That said conversion shall not be in
contravention of the State law. In such case the articles of
association and organization certificate may be executed by a
majority of the directors of the bank or banking institution, and
the certificate shall declare that the owners of 51 per centum of
the capital stock have authorized the directors to make such
certificate and to change or convert the bank or banking
institution into a national association. A majority of the
directors, after executing the articles of association and the
organization certificate, shall have power to execute all other
papers and to do whatever may be required to make its organization
perfect and complete as a national association. The shares of any
such bank may continue to be for the same amount each as they were
before the conversion, and the directors may continue to be
directors of the association until others are elected or appointed
in accordance with the provisions of the statutes of the United
States. When the Comptroller has given to such bank or banking
association a certificate that the provisions of this Act have been
complied with, such bank or banking association, and all its
stockholders, officers, and employees shall have the same powers
and privileges and shall be subject to the same duties,
liabilities, and regulations, in all respects, as shall have been
prescribed by the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C. 221 et seq.) and
the National Banking Act for associations originally organized as
national banking associations.
The Comptroller of the Currency may, in his discretion and
subject to such conditions as he may prescribe, permit such
converting bank to retain and carry at a value determined by the
Comptroller such of the assets of such converting bank as do not
conform to the legal requirements relative to assets acquired and
held by national banking associations.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5154; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 8, 38 Stat. 258; Aug.
23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 312, 49 Stat. 711; Pub. L.
97-457, Sec. 19(b), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
This Act, referred to in first par., may refer to the Federal
Reserve Act, act Dec. 23, 1913, from which this wording is derived;
or section 5154 of the Revised Statutes which the Federal Reserve
Act amended; or act June 3, 1864, from which R.S. Sec. 5154 was
derived; or Congress might have intended to refer to the preceding
provisions of the 1913 amendment. Similar reference in R.S. Sec.
5154 prior to 1913 amendment was to ''this Title,'' meaning title
62 of the Revised Statutes, which title comprised the National Bank
Act (June 3, 1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99). See section 38 of this
title. Note also specific reference to the Federal Reserve Act and
the National Banking Act in first par.
The Federal Reserve Act, referred to in text, is act Dec. 23,
1913, ch. 6, 38 Stat. 251, as amended, which is classified
principally to chapter 3 (Sec. 221 et seq.) of this title. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code, see References in
Text note set out under section 226 of this title and Tables.
The National Banking Act, referred to in text, is probably
intended to be a reference to the National Bank Act, act June 3,
1864, ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, as amended, which is classified
principally to chapter 2 (Sec. 21 et seq.) of this title. For
complete classification of this Act to the Code see References in
Text note set out under section 38 of this title.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5154 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 44,
13 Stat. 112, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1983 - Pub. L. 97-457 substituted ''with a name that contains the
word 'national' '' for ''with any name approved by the Comptroller
of the Currency'' after ''national banking association,''.
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, added last par.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 36 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 36. Branch banks
-STATUTE-
The conditions upon which a national banking association may
retain or establish and operate a branch or branches are the
following:
(a) Lawful and continuous operation
A national banking association may retain and operate such branch
or branches as it may have had in lawful operation on February 25,
1927, and any national banking association which continuously
maintained and operated not more than one branch for a period of
more than twenty-five years immediately preceding February 25,
1927, may continue to maintain and operate such branch.
(b) Converted State banks
(1) A national bank resulting from the conversion of a State bank
may retain and operate as a branch any office which was a branch of
the State bank immediately prior to conversion if such office -
(A) might be established under subsection (c) of this section
as a new branch of the resulting national bank, and is approved
by the Comptroller of the Currency for continued operation as a
branch of the resulting national bank;
(B) was a branch of any bank on February 25, 1927; or
(C) is approved by the Comptroller of the Currency for
continued operation as a branch of the resulting national bank.
The Comptroller of the Currency may not grant approval under clause
(C) of this paragraph if a State bank (in a situation identical to
that of the national bank) resulting from the conversion of a
national bank would be prohibited by the law of such State from
retaining and operating as a branch an identically situated office
which was a branch of the national bank immediately prior to
conversion.
(2) A national bank (referred to in this paragraph as the
''resulting bank''), resulting from the consolidation of a national
bank (referred to in this paragraph as the ''national bank'') under
whose charter the consolidation is effected with another bank or
banks, may retain and operate as a branch any office which,
immediately prior to such consolidation, was in operation as -
(A) a main office or branch office of any bank (other than the
national bank) participating in the consolidation if, under
subsection (c) of this section, it might be established as a new
branch of the resulting bank, and if the Comptroller of the
Currency approves of its continued operation after the
consolidation;
(B) a branch of any bank participating in the consolidation,
and which, on February 25, 1927, was in operation as a branch of
any bank; or
(C) a branch of the national bank and which, on February 25,
1927, was not in operation as a branch of any bank, if the
Comptroller of the Currency approves of its continued operation
after the consolidation.
The Comptroller of the Currency may not grant approval under clause
(C) of this paragraph if a State bank (in a situation identical to
that of the resulting national bank) resulting from the
consolidation into a State bank of another bank or banks would be
prohibited by the law of such State from retaining and operating as
a branch an identically situated office which was a branch of the
State bank immediately prior to consolidation.
(3) As used in this subsection, the term ''consolidation''
includes a merger.
(c) New branches
A national banking association may, with the approval of the
Comptroller of the Currency, establish and operate new branches:
(1) Within the limits of the city, town or village in which said
association is situated, if such establishment and operation are at
the time expressly authorized to State banks by the law of the
State in question; and (2) at any point within the State in which
said association is situated, if such establishment and operation
are at the time authorized to State banks by the statute law of the
State in question by language specifically granting such authority
affirmatively and not merely by implication or recognition, and
subject to the restrictions as to location imposed by the law of
the State on State banks. In any State in which State banks are
permitted by statute law to maintain branches within county or
greater limits, if no bank is located and doing business in the
place where the proposed agency is to be located, any national
banking association situated in such State may, with the approval
of the Comptroller of the Currency, establish and operate, without
regard to the capital requirements of this section, a seasonal
agency in any resort community within the limits of the county in
which the main office of such association is located, for the
purpose of receiving and paying out deposits, issuing and cashing
checks and drafts, and doing business incident thereto: Provided,
That any permit issued under this sentence shall be revoked upon
the opening of a State or national bank in such community. Except
as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no such
association shall establish a branch outside of the city, town, or
village in which it is situated unless it has a combined capital
stock and surplus equal to the combined amount of capital stock and
surplus, if any, required by the law of the State in which such
association is situated for the establishment of such branches by
State banks, or, if the law of such State requires only a minimum
capital stock for the establishment of such branches by State
banks, unless such association has not less than an equal amount of
capital stock.
(d) Branches resulting from interstate merger transactions
A national bank resulting from an interstate merger transaction
(as defined in section 1831u(f)(6) (FOOTNOTE 1) of this title) may
maintain and operate a branch in a State other than the home State
(as defined in subsection (g)(3)(B) of this section) of such bank
in accordance with section 1831u of this title.
(FOOTNOTE 1) See References in Text note below.
(e) Exclusive authority for additional branches
(1) In general
Effective June 1, 1997, a national bank may not acquire,
establish, or operate a branch in any State other than the bank's
home State (as defined in subsection (g)(3)(B) of this section)
or a State in which the bank already has a branch unless the
acquisition, establishment, or operation of such branch in such
State by such national bank is authorized under this section or
section 1823(f), 1823(k), or 1831u of this title.
(2) Retention of branches
In the case of a national bank which relocates the main office
of such bank from 1 State to another State after May 31, 1997,
the bank may retain and operate branches within the State which
was the bank's home State (as defined in subsection (g)(3)(B) of
this section) before the relocation of such office only to the
extent the bank would be authorized, under this section or any
other provision of law referred to in paragraph (1), to acquire,
establish, or commence to operate a branch in such State if -
(A) the bank had no branches in such State; or
(B) the branch resulted from -
(i) an interstate merger transaction approved pursuant to
section 1831u of this title; or
(ii) a transaction after May 31, 1997, pursuant to which
the bank received assistance from the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation under section 1823(c) of this title.
(f) Law applicable to interstate branching operations
(1) Law applicable to national bank branches
(A) In general
The laws of the host State regarding community reinvestment,
consumer protection, fair lending, and establishment of
intrastate branches shall apply to any branch in the host State
of an out-of-State national bank to the same extent as such
State laws apply to a branch of a bank chartered by that State,
except -
(i) when Federal law preempts the application of such State
laws to a national bank; or
(ii) when the Comptroller of the Currency determines that
the application of such State laws would have a
discriminatory effect on the branch in comparison with the
effect the application of such State laws would have with
respect to branches of a bank chartered by the host State.
(B) Enforcement of applicable State laws
The provisions of any State law to which a branch of a
national bank is subject under this paragraph shall be
enforced, with respect to such branch, by the Comptroller of
the Currency.
(C) Review and report on actions by Comptroller
The Comptroller of the Currency shall conduct an annual
review of the actions it has taken with regard to the
applicability of State law to national banks (or their
branches) during the preceding year, and shall include in its
annual report required under section 14 of this title the
results of the review and the reasons for each such action.
The first such review and report after July 3, 1997, shall
encompass all such actions taken on or after January 1, 1992.
(2) Treatment of branch as bank
All laws of a host State, other than the laws regarding
community reinvestment, consumer protection, fair lending,
establishment of intrastate branches, and the application or
administration of any tax or method of taxation, shall apply to a
branch (in such State) of an out-of-State national bank to the
same extent as such laws would apply if the branch were a
national bank the main office of which is in such State.
(3) Rule of construction
No provision of this subsection may be construed as affecting
the legal standards for preemption of the application of State
law to national banks.
(g) State ''opt-in'' election to permit interstate branching
through de novo branches
(1) In general
Subject to paragraph (2), the Comptroller of the Currency may
approve an application by a national bank to establish and
operate a de novo branch in a State (other than the bank's home
State) in which the bank does not maintain a branch if -
(A) there is in effect in the host State a law that -
(i) applies equally to all banks; and
(ii) expressly permits all out-of-State banks to establish
de novo branches in such State; and
(B) the conditions established in, or made applicable to this
paragraph by, paragraph (2) are met.
(2) Conditions on establishment and operation of interstate
branch
(A) Establishment
An application by a national bank to establish and operate a
de novo branch in a host State shall be subject to the same
requirements and conditions to which an application for an
interstate merger transaction is subject under paragraphs (1),
(3), and (4) of section 1831u(b) of this title.
(B) Operation
Subsections (c) and (d)(2) of section 1831u of this title
shall apply with respect to each branch of a national bank
which is established and operated pursuant to an application
approved under this subsection in the same manner and to the
same extent such provisions of such section 1831u of this title
apply to a branch of a national bank which resulted from an
interstate merger transaction approved pursuant to such section
1831u of this title.
(3) Definitions
The following definitions shall apply for purposes of this
section:
(A) De novo branch
The term ''de novo branch'' means a branch of a national bank
which -
(i) is originally established by the national bank as a
branch; and
(ii) does not become a branch of such bank as a result of -
(I) the acquisition by the bank of an insured depository
institution or a branch of an insured depository
institution; or
(II) the conversion, merger, or consolidation of any such
institution or branch.
(B) Home State
The term ''home State'' means the State in which the main
office of a national bank is located.
(C) Host State
The term ''host State'' means, with respect to a bank, a
State, other than the home State of the bank, in which the bank
maintains, or seeks to establish and maintain, a branch.
(h) Repealed. Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title II, Sec. 2204, Sept.
30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-405
(i) Prior approval of branch locations
No branch of any national banking association shall be
established or moved from one location to another without first
obtaining the consent and approval of the Comptroller of the
Currency.
(j) ''Branch'' defined
The term ''branch'' as used in this section shall be held to
include any branch bank, branch office, branch agency, additional
office, or any branch place of business located in any State or
Territory of the United States or in the District of Columbia at
which deposits are received, or checks paid, or money lent. The
term ''branch'', as used in this section, does not include an
automated teller machine or a remote service unit.
(k) Branches in foreign countries, dependencies, or insular
possessions
This section shall not be construed to amend or repeal section 25
of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 601 et seq.),
authorizing the establishment by national banking associations of
branches in foreign countries, or dependencies, or insular
possessions of the United States.
(l) ''State bank'' and ''bank'' defined
The words ''State bank,'' ''State banks,'' ''bank,'' or
''banks,'' as used in this section, shall be held to include trust
companies, savings banks, or other such corporations or
institutions carrying on the banking business under the authority
of State laws.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5155; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 7, 44 Stat. 1228;
June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 23, 48 Stat. 189; Aug. 23, 1935, ch.
614, title III, Sec. 305, 49 Stat. 708; July 15, 1952, ch. 753,
Sec. 2(b), 66 Stat. 633; Pub. L. 87-721, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat.
667; Pub. L. 103-328, title I, Sec. 102(b)(1), 103(a), Sept. 29,
1994, 108 Stat. 2349, 2352; Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title II,
Sec. 2204, 2205(a), Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-405; Pub. L.
105-24, Sec. 2(b), July 3, 1997, 111 Stat. 239.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 1831u of this title, referred to in subsec. (d), was
subsequently amended, and subsec. (f)(6) of section 1831u no longer
defines the term ''interstate merger transaction''. However, such
term is defined elsewhere in that section.
Section 25 of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, referred to in
subsec. (k), is classified to subchapter I (Sec. 601 et seq.) of
chapter 6 of this title.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5155 derived from act Mar. 3, 1865, ch. 78, Sec. 7, 13
Stat. 484.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1997 - Subsec. (f)(1)(C). Pub. L. 105-24 added subpar. (C).
1996 - Subsec. (h). Pub. L. 104-208, Sec. 2204, struck out
subsec. (h) which read as follows: ''The aggregate capital of every
national banking association and its branches shall at no time be
less than the aggregate minimum capital required by law for the
establishment of an equal number of national banking associations
situated in the various places where such association and its
branches are situated.''
Subsec. (j). Pub. L. 104-208, Sec. 2205(a), inserted at end ''The
term 'branch', as used in this section, does not include an
automated teller machine or a remote service unit.''
1994 - Subsecs. (d) to (f). Pub. L. 103-328, Sec. 102(b)(1)(B),
added subsecs. (d) to (f). Former subsecs. (d) to (f) redesignated
(h) to (j), respectively.
Subsec. (g). Pub. L. 103-328, Sec. 103(a), added subsec. (g).
Pub. L. 103-328, Sec. 102(b)(1)(A), redesignated subsec. (g) as
(k).
Subsecs. (h) to (l). Pub. L. 103-328, Sec. 102(b)(1)(A),
redesignated subsecs. (d) to (h) as (h) to (l), respectively.
1962 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 87-721 substituted provisions
permitting a national bank resulting from the conversion of a State
bank to retain and operate as a branch any office which was a
branch of the State bank immediately prior to conversion if such
office might be established as a new branch of the resulting
national bank, and is approved by the Comptroller for continued
operation as a branch of the resulting bank, or any office which
was a branch of any bank on Feb. 25, 1927, or any office which is
approved by the Comptroller for continued operation as a branch,
and a national bank resulting from consolidation of a national bank
under whose charter the consolidation is effected with another bank
or banks to retain and operate any office which, immediately prior
to consolidation, was in operation as a main office or branch
office of any bank (other than the national bank) participating in
the consolidation if it might be established as a new branch of the
resulting bank, and if the Comptroller approves of its continued
operation, or was in operation as a branch of any bank
participating in the consolidation and which, on Feb. 25, 1927, was
in operation as a branch of any bank, or was in operation as a
branch of the national bank and which, on Feb. 25, 1927, was not in
operation as a branch of any bank, if the Comptroller approves of
its continued operation, for provisions which permitted State banks
converted into or consolidated with national banking associations
after Feb. 25, 1927, or two or more national banking associations
which are consolidated, to retain and operate only those branches
which may have been in lawful operation on Feb. 25, 1927, and
inserted provisions prohibiting the Comptroller from granting
approval under clauses (1)(C) and (2)(C) if a State bank resulting
from the conversion or consolidation would be prohibited by law of
the State from retaining and operating as a branch an identically
situated office which was a branch of the national bank or State
bank immediately prior to the conversion or consolidation.
1952 - Subsec. (c). Act July 15, 1952, struck out the minimum
capital requirement for the establishment of branches by national
banks.
1935 - Subsec. (c). Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted second sentence
and substituted ''Except as provided in the immediately preceding
sentence, no'' for ''No'' in last sentence.
1933 - Subsecs. (c), (d). Act June 16, 1963, amended subsecs. (c)
and (d).
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, amended section generally.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
RIGHT OF STATE TO OPT OUT
Nothing in Pub. L. 105-24 to alter right of States under section
525 of Pub. L. 96-221, see section 3 of Pub. L. 105-24, set out as
a note under section 1831a of this title.
APPLICABILITY OF MCFADDEN ACT TO PRESENT FINANCIAL ENVIRONMENT;
REPORT AND RECOMMENDATIONS BY PRESIDENT TO CONGRESS
Pub. L. 95-369, Sec. 14, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 625, provided
for a report to Congress by the President, not later than one year
after Sept. 17, 1978, containing recommendations concerning the
applicability of the McFadden Act (Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, 44 Stat.
1224) to the then current financial, banking, and economic
environment.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 30, 43, 81, 93a, 1820,
3103 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 37 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 37. Associations governed by chapter
-STATUTE-
The provisions of chapters 2, 3, and 4 of title 62 of the Revised
Statutes, which are expressed without restrictive words, as
applying to ''national banking associations,'' or to
''associations,'' apply to all associations organized to carry on
the business of banking under any Act of Congress.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5157.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Chapters 2, 3, and 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes,
referred to in text, was in the original ''chapters two, three, and
four of this Title,'' meaning chapters 2, 3, and 4 of title 62 of
the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. Sec. 5157 to 5244, which
are classified to sections 26, 27, 37, 43, 55, 56, 60, 62, 81, 83
to 86, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194,
196, 481 to 485, 501, 541, and 582 of this title. See, also,
sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18,
Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S.
Sec. 5157 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 38 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 38. The National Bank Act
-STATUTE-
The Act entitled ''An Act to provide a national currency secured
by a pledge of United States bonds, and to provide for the
circulation and redemption thereof,'' approved June 3, 1864, shall
be known as ''The National Bank Act.''
-SOURCE-
(June 20, 1874, ch. 343, Sec. 1, 18 Stat. 123.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The National Bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864,
ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, as amended. The act was incorporated into
the Revised Statutes as R.S. Sec. 324 to 327, 328 to 331, 333, 380,
563, 629, 736, 884, 885, 3473, 3475, 3651, 5133 to 5136, 5137 to
5154, 5156, 5158 to 5170, 5172, 5173, 5175, 5177, 5182 to 5184,
5187, 5189, 5190 to 5192, 5195 to 5204, 5206, 5209 to 5211, 5214 to
5215, 5219 to 5222, 5224 to 5239, 5240 to 5242, 5417, which are
classified to sections 1 to 4, 8, 11 to 14, 21, 22 to 24, 26, 27,
29, 35, 39, 52, 53, 56, 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 84 to
86, 90, 91, 93, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 165, 181, 182, 192 to 194,
196, 481 to 485, 541, and 548 of this title, section 197 of Title
19, Customs Duties, and section 543 of former Title 31, Money and
Finance. See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 471, 472, 656, and 1005
of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure, and sections 507, 1348,
1394, and 1733 of Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 39 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 39. Reservation of rights of associations organized under Act
of 1863
-STATUTE-
Nothing in title 62 of the Revised Statutes shall affect any
appointments made, acts done, or proceedings had or commenced prior
to the third day of June 1864, in or toward the organization of any
national banking association under the act of February 25, 1863;
but all associations which, on the third day of June 1864, were
organized or commenced to be organized under that act, shall enjoy
all the rights and privileges granted, and be subject to all the
duties, liabilities, and restrictions imposed by title 62 of the
Revised Statutes, notwithstanding all the steps prescribed by title
62 of the Revised Statutes for the organization of associations
were not pursued, if such associations were duly organized under
that act.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5156.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the
original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes,
consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are classified to
sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53,
55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93,
93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481
to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections
8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. Sec. 5133
to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
Act of February 25, 1863, referred to in text, was act Feb. 25,
1863, ch. 58, 12 Stat. 665, which was the original National Bank
Act, and was repealed by act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 62, 13
Stat. 118.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5156 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 62,
13 Stat. 118, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 40 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 40. Virgin Islands; extension of National Bank Act
-STATUTE-
The National Bank Act, as amended (12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.), and all
other Acts of Congress relating to national banks, shall, insofar
as not locally inapplicable after July 19, 1932, apply to the
Virgin Islands of the United States.
-SOURCE-
(July 19, 1932, ch. 508, 47 Stat. 703.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The National Bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864,
ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, as amended, which is classified principally
to chapter 2 (Sec. 21 et seq.) of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note
set out under section 38 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 41 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 41. Guam; extension of National Bank Act
-STATUTE-
The National Bank Act (12 U.S.C. 21 et seq.), and all other Acts
of Congress relating to national banks, shall, insofar as not
locally inapplicable after August 1, 1956, apply to Guam.
-SOURCE-
(Aug. 1, 1956, ch. 852, Sec. 2, 70 Stat. 908.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The National Bank Act, referred to in text, is act June 3, 1864,
ch. 106, 13 Stat. 99, as amended, which is classified principally
to chapter 2 (Sec. 21 et seq.) of this title. For complete
classification of this Act to the Code, see References in Text note
set out under section 38 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 42 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 42. Territorial application
-STATUTE-
The provisions of all Acts of Congress relating to national banks
shall apply in the several States, the District of Columbia, the
several Territories and possessions of the United States, and the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 14, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 43 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER I - ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL PROVISIONS
-HEAD-
Sec. 43. Interpretations concerning preemption of certain State
laws
-STATUTE-
(a) Notice and opportunity for comment required
Before issuing any opinion letter or interpretive rule, in
response to a request or upon the agency's own motion, that
concludes that Federal law preempts the application to a national
bank of any State law regarding community reinvestment, consumer
protection, fair lending, or the establishment of intrastate
branches, or before making a determination under section
36(f)(1)(A)(ii) of this title, the appropriate Federal banking
agency (as defined in section 1813 of this title) shall -
(1) publish in the Federal Register notice of the preemption or
discrimination issue that the agency is considering (including a
description of each State law at issue);
(2) give interested parties not less than 30 days in which to
submit written comments; and
(3) in developing the final opinion letter or interpretive rule
issued by the agency, or making any determination under section
36(f)(1)(A)(ii) of this title, consider any comments received.
(b) Publication required
The appropriate Federal banking agency shall publish in the
Federal Register -
(1) any final opinion letter or interpretive rule concluding
that Federal law preempts the application of any State law
regarding community reinvestment, consumer protection, fair
lending, or establishment of intrastate branches to a national
bank; and
(2) any determination under section 36(f)(1)(A)(ii) of this
title.
(c) Exceptions
(1) No new issue or significant basis
This section shall not apply with respect to any opinion letter
or interpretive rule that -
(A) raises issues of Federal preemption of State law that are
essentially identical to those previously resolved by the
courts or on which the agency has previously issued an opinion
letter or interpretive rule; or
(B) responds to a request that contains no significant legal
basis on which to make a preemption determination.
(2) Judicial, legislative, or intragovernmental materials
This section shall not apply with respect to materials prepared
for use in judicial proceedings or submission to Congress or a
Member of Congress, or for intragovernmental use.
(3) Emergency
The appropriate Federal banking agency may make exceptions to
subsection (a) of this section if -
(A) the agency determines in writing that the exception is
necessary to avoid a serious and imminent threat to the safety
and soundness of any national bank; or
(B) the opinion letter or interpretive rule is issued in
connection with -
(i) an acquisition of 1 or more banks in default or in
danger of default (as such terms are defined in section 1813
of this title); or
(ii) an acquisition with respect to which the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation provides assistance under
section 1823(c) of this title.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5244, as added Pub. L. 103-328, title I, Sec. 114, Sept.
29, 1994, 108 Stat. 2366.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Another R.S. Sec. 5244 is classified to section 8 of Title 33,
Navigation and Navigable Waters.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 51 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 51. Repealed. Pub. L. 106-569, title XII, Sec. 1233(c), Dec.
27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3037
-MISC1-
Section, R.S. Sec. 5138; Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, Sec. 10, 31 Stat.
48; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 4, 44 Stat. 1227; June 16, 1933,
ch. 89, Sec. 17(a), 48 Stat. 185; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title
III, Sec. 309, 49 Stat. 709, related to capital and surplus
requirements.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 51a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 51a. Preferred stock; issuance authorized
-STATUTE-
Notwithstanding any other provision of law any national banking
association may, with the approval of the Comptroller of the
Currency and by vote of shareholders owning a majority of the stock
of such association, upon not less than five days' notice given by
registered mail or by certified mail pursuant to action taken by
its board of directors, issue preferred stock of one or more
classes, in such amount and with such par value as shall be
approved by said Comptroller, and make such amendments to its
articles of association as may be necessary for this purpose; but,
in the case of any newly organized national banking association
which has not yet issued common stock, the requirement of notice to
and vote of shareholders shall not apply. No issue of preferred
stock shall be valid until the par value of all stock so issued
shall be paid in and notice thereof, duly acknowledged before a
notary public by the president, vice president, or cashier of said
association, has been transmitted to the Comptroller of the
Currency and his certificate obtained specifying the amount of such
issue of preferred stock and his approval thereof and that the
amount has been duly paid in as a part of the capital of such
association; which certificate shall be deemed to be conclusive
evidence that such preferred stock has been duly and validly
issued.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, Sec. 301, 48 Stat. 5; June 15,
1933, ch. 79, 48 Stat. 147; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec.
336, 49 Stat. 720; Pub. L. 86-507, Sec. 1(9), June 11, 1960, 74
Stat. 200.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1960 - Pub. L. 86-507 inserted ''or by certified mail'' after
''registered mail''.
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended last sentence generally.
1933 - Act June 15, 1933, struck out all of former section and
inserted a new section which incorporated all former provisions and
inserted ''of one or more classes,'' in first sentence.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 51c, 212, 213 of this
title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 51b 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 51b. Dividends, voting, and retirement of preferred stock;
individual liability
-STATUTE-
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, whether relating
to restriction upon the payment of dividends upon capital stock or
otherwise, the holders of such preferred stock shall be entitled to
receive such cumulative dividends and shall have such voting and
conversion rights and such control of management, and such stock
shall be subject to retirement in such manner and upon such
conditions, as may be provided in the articles of association with
the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency. The holders of
such preferred stock shall not be held individually responsible as
such holders for any debts, contracts, or engagements of such
association, and shall not be liable for assessments to restore
impairments in the capital of such association as now provided by
law with reference to holders of common stock.
(b) No dividends shall be declared or paid on common stock until
the cumulative dividends on the preferred stock shall have been
paid in full; and, if the association is placed in voluntary
liquidation or a conservator or a receiver is appointed therefor,
no payments shall be made to the holders of the common stock until
the holders of the preferred stock shall have been paid in full the
par value of such stock plus all accumulated dividends.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, Sec. 302, 48 Stat. 5; June 15,
1933, ch. 79, 48 Stat. 148; Pub. L. 96-221, title VII, Sec. 702,
Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 186.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1980 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 96-221 struck out limitation on
payment of cumulative dividends at a rate not exceeding 6 per
centum per annum.
1933 - Subsec. (a). Act June 15, 1933, struck out former subsec.
(a) and inserted a new subsec. (a) which incorporated all former
provisions and inserted ''Notwithstanding any other provision of
law, whether relating to restriction upon the payment of dividends
upon capital stock or otherwise'' and ''and conversion rights,'' in
first sentence.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 51c, 62, 212, 213 of this
title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 51b-1 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 51b-1. Consideration of preferred stock in determining
impairment of capital; dividends; retirement
-STATUTE-
If any part of the capital of a national bank, State member bank,
or bank applying for membership in the Federal Reserve System
consists of preferred stock, the determination of whether or not
the capital of such bank is impaired and the amount of such
impairment shall be based upon the par value of its stock even
though the amount which the holders of such preferred stock shall
be entitled to receive in the event of retirement or liquidation
shall be in excess of the par value of such preferred stock. If
any such bank or trust company shall have outstanding any capital
notes or debentures of the type which the Reconstruction Finance
Corporation is authorized to purchase pursuant to the provisions of
section 51d of this title, the capital of such bank may be deemed
to be unimpaired if the sound value of its assets is not less than
its total liabilities, including capital stock, but excluding such
capital notes or debentures and any obligations of the bank
expressly subordinated thereto. Notwithstanding any other
provision of law, the holders of preferred stock issued by a
national banking association pursuant to the provisions of the
Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, approved March 9,
1933, as amended, shall be entitled to receive such cumulative
dividends on the purchase price received by the association for
such stock and, in the event of the retirement of such stock, to
receive such retirement price, not in excess of such purchase price
plus all accumulated dividends, as may be provided in the articles
of association with the approval of the Comptroller of the
Currency. If the association is placed in voluntary liquidation, or
if a conservator or a receiver is appointed therefor, no payment
shall be made to the holders of common stock until the holders of
preferred stock shall have been paid in full such amount as may be
provided in the articles of association with the approval of the
Comptroller of the Currency, not in excess of such purchase price
of such preferred stock plus all accumulated dividends.
-SOURCE-
(Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 345, 49 Stat. 722; Pub. L.
96-221, title VII, Sec. 703, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 186.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 51d of this title, referred to in text, which was section
304 of the Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, approved
March 9, 1933, ch. 1, 48 Stat. 6, as amended, and which authorized
the Reconstruction Finance Corporation, upon the request of the
Secretary of the Treasury approved by the President, to purchase,
or to make loans upon, the capital stock of any bank or trust
company requiring funds for capital purposes in connection with its
organization or reorganization, and which made provision for the
purchase of the capital notes of banks organized in States which
subject holders of preferred stock to double liability and for the
sale of any stock or notes purchased under such authority, was
repealed by act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, Sec. 206(b), (o),
61 Stat. 208. However, according to the information received from
the Department of the Treasury, the second sentence of this section
is not obsolete even though it contains such obsolete reference to
section 51d of this title, and even though, under 1957 Reorg. Plan
No. 1, eff. June 30, 1957, 22 F.R. 4633, 71 Stat. 647, set out in
the Appendix to Title 5, Government Organization and Employees, the
Reconstruction Finance Corporation was abolished, for many banks
have outstanding debentures which they obtained pursuant to the
provisions of section 51d, and which they are not required to
redeem; and their benefits or entitlements conferred by the second
sentence of this section will remain until the debentures are
redeemed.
The Emergency Banking and Bank Conservation Act, approved March
9, 1933, as amended, referred to in text, is act Mar. 9, 1933, ch.
1, 48 Stat. 1, as amended, which is classified to sections 51a,
51b, 51c, 51d, 95 to 95b, 201 to 212, 248, 347b, 347c, 347d, and
445 of this title and section 5 of Title 50, Appendix, War and
National Defense.
-MISC2-
AMENDMENTS
1980 - Pub. L. 96-221 struck out limitation on payment of
cumulative dividends at a rate not exceeding 6 per centum per
annum.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 51c 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 51c. ''Common stock'', ''capital'', and ''capital stock''
defined
-STATUTE-
The term ''common stock'' as used in sections 51a, 51b, 51c, and
51d (FOOTNOTE 1) of this title means stock of national banking
associations other than preferred stock issued under the provisions
of said sections. The term ''capital'' as used in provisions of
law relating to the capital of national banking associations shall
mean the amount of unimpaired common stock plus the amount of
preferred stock outstanding and unimpaired; and the term ''capital
stock'', as used in sections 101, 177, and 178 (FOOTNOTE 1) of this
title, shall mean only the amount of common stock outstanding.
(FOOTNOTE 1) See References in Text note below.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, Sec. 303, 48 Stat. 5.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 51d of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by
act June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, Sec. 206(b), (o), 61 Stat.
208. For effect of the repeal on outstanding debentures held by
banks, see note under section 51b-1 of this title.
Sections 101, 177, and 178 of this title, referred to in text,
were repealed by Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(f)(2), (5),
Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292, 2293.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 212, 213 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 51d to 51f 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 51d to 51f. Repealed. June 30, 1947, ch. 166, title II, Sec.
206(b), (o), 61 Stat. 208
-MISC1-
Section 51d, acts Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title III, Sec. 304, 48
Stat. 6; Mar. 24, 1933, ch. 8, Sec. 2, 48 Stat. 21; Mar. 20, 1936,
ch. 160, Sec. 1, 49 Stat. 1185; June 25, 1940, ch. 427, Sec. 1, 54
Stat. 572, related to subscription for and sale of preferred stock
in banks by the Reconstruction Finance Corporation.
Sections 51e and 51f, act Mar. 20, 1936, ch. 160, Sec. 2, 3, 49
Stat. 1185, related to rate of interest on loans and separability
provisions.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 52 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 52. Par value and incidents of stock; transfer of shares
-STATUTE-
The capital stock of each association shall be divided into
shares of $100 each, or into shares of such less amount as may be
provided in the articles of association, and be deemed personal
property, and transferable on the books of the association in such
manner as may be prescribed in the by-laws or articles of
association. Every person becoming a shareholder by such transfer
shall, in proportion to his shares, succeed to all rights and
liabilities of the prior holder of such shares; and no change shall
be made in the articles of association by which the rights,
remedies, or security of the existing creditors of the association
shall be impaired.
Certificates issued after August 23, 1935, representing shares of
stock of the association shall state (1) the name and location of
the association, (2) the name of the holder of record of the stock
represented thereby, (3) the number and class of shares which the
certificate represents, and (4) if the association shall issue
stock of more than one class, the respective rights, preferences,
privileges, voting rights, powers, restrictions, limitations, and
qualifications of each class of stock issued shall be stated in
full or in summary upon the front or back of the certificates or
shall be incorporated by a reference to the articles of association
set forth on the front of the certificates. Every certificate
shall be signed by the president and the cashier of the
association, or by such other officers as the bylaws of the
association shall provide, and shall be sealed with the seal of the
association.
After August 23, 1935, no certificate evidencing the stock of any
such association shall bear any statement purporting to represent
the stock of any other corporation, except a member bank or a
corporation engaged on June 16, 1934, in holding the bank premises
of such association, nor shall the ownership, sale, or transfer of
any certificate representing the stock of any such association be
conditioned in any manner whatsoever upon the ownership, sale, or
transfer of a certificate representing the stock of any other
corporation, except a member bank or a corporation engaged on June
16, 1934 in holding the bank premises of such association:
Provided, That this section shall not operate to prevent the
ownership, sale, or transfer of stock of any other corporation
being conditioned upon the ownership, sale, or transfer of a
certificate representing stock of a national banking association.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5139; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 16, 44 Stat. 1233;
June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 18, 48 Stat. 186; Aug. 23, 1935, ch.
614, title III, Sec. 310(a), 335, 49 Stat. 710, 720.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5139 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 12,
13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, Sec. 335, added second par.
Act Aug. 23, 1935, Sec. 310(a), among other changes in last par.,
inserted proviso.
1933 - Act June 16, 1933, added last par.
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, inserted ''or into shares of such less
amount as may be provided in the articles of association'' in first
sentence.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 53 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 53. When capital stock paid in
-STATUTE-
All of the capital stock of every national banking association
shall be paid in before it shall be authorized to commence
business.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5140; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 4, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
457.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5140 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 14,
13 Stat. 103, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 substituted requirement that all the
capital stock of a national bank must be paid in before it
commences business for permissive authority to be open for business
upon payment of 50 per centum of the capital stock and installment
payment of the remaining 50 per centum.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 54 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 54. Repealed. Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 5, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
457
-MISC1-
Section, R.S. Sec. 5141, related to failure to pay installments,
remedy and effect if reduction of capital resulted.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 55 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 55. Enforcing payment of deficiency in capital stock;
assessments; liquidation; receivership
-STATUTE-
Every association which shall have failed to pay up its capital
stock, as required by law, and every association whose capital
stock shall have become impaired by losses or otherwise, shall,
within three months after receiving notice thereof from the
Comptroller of the Currency, pay the deficiency in the capital
stock, by assessment upon the shareholders pro rata for the amount
of capital stock held by each; and the Treasurer of the United
States shall withhold the interest upon all bonds held by him in
trust for any such association, upon notification from the
Comptroller of the Currency, until otherwise notified by him. If
any such association shall fail to pay up its capital stock, and
shall refuse to go into liquidation, as provided by law, for three
months after receiving notice from the comptroller, a receiver may
be appointed to close up the business of the association, according
to the provisions of section 192 of this title. And provided, That
if any shareholder or shareholders of such bank shall neglect or
refuse, after three months' notice to pay the assessment, as
provided in this section, it shall be the duty of the board of
directors to cause a sufficient amount of the capital stock of such
shareholder or shareholders to be sold at public auction (after
thirty days' notice shall be given by posting such notice of sale
in the office of the bank, and by publishing such notice in a
newspaper of the city or town in which the bank is located, or in a
newspaper published nearest thereto), to make good the deficiency,
and the balance, if any, shall be returned to such delinquent
shareholder or shareholders.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5205; June 30, 1876, ch. 156, Sec. 4, 19 Stat. 64.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5205 derived from act Mar. 3, 1873, ch. 269, Sec. 1, 17
Stat. 603.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 197 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 56 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 56. Prohibition on withdrawal of capital; unearned dividends
-STATUTE-
No association, or any member thereof, shall, during the time it
shall continue its banking operations, withdraw, or permit to be
withdrawn, either in the form of dividends or otherwise, any
portion of its capital. If losses have at any time been sustained
by any such association, equal to or exceeding its undivided
profits then on hand, no dividend shall be made; and no dividend
shall ever be made by any association, while it continues its
banking operations, to an amount greater than its undivided
profits, subject to other applicable provisions of law. But
nothing in this section shall prevent the reduction of the capital
stock of the association under section 59 of this title.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5204; Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(h)(1), Sept.
23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5204 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 38,
13 Stat. 110, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325 substituted ''undivided profits, subject
to other applicable provisions of law'' for ''net profits then on
hand, deducting therefrom its losses and bad debts'' in second
sentence and struck out after second sentence ''All debts due to
any associations, on which interest is past due and unpaid for a
period of six months, unless the same are well secured, and in
process of collection, shall be considered bad debts within the
meaning of this section.''
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 324 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 57 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 57. Increase of capital by provision in articles of
association
-STATUTE-
Any national banking association may, with the approval of the
Comptroller of the Currency, and by a vote of shareholders owning
two-thirds of the stock of such associations, increase its capital
stock to any sum approved by the said comptroller, but no increase
in capital shall be valid until the whole amount of such increase
is paid in and notice thereof, duly acknowledged before a notary
public by the president, vice president, or cashier of said
association, has been transmitted to the Comptroller of the
Currency and his certificate obtained specifying the amount of such
increase in capital stock and his approval thereof, and that it has
been duly paid in as part of the capital of such association:
Provided, however, That a national banking association may, with
the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency, and by the vote of
shareholders owning two-thirds of the stock of such association,
increase its capital stock by the declaration of a stock dividend,
provided that the surplus of said association, after the approval
of the increase, shall be at least equal to 20 per centum of the
capital stock as increased. Such increase shall not be effective
until a certificate certifying to such declaration of dividend,
signed by the president, vice president, or cashier of said
association and duly acknowledged before a notary public, shall
have been forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency and his
certificate obtained specifying the amount of such increase of
capital stock by stock dividend, and his approval thereof.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5142; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 5, 44 Stat. 1227.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5142 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 13,
13 Stat. 103, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, among other changes, inserted proviso.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 58 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 58. Repealed. Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 6, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
457
-MISC1-
Section, act May 1, 1886, ch. 73, Sec. 1, 24 Stat. 18, related to
increase of capital by vote of shareholders. See section 57 of
this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 59 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 59. Reduction of capital by vote of shareholders
-STATUTE-
Any association formed under title 62 of the Revised Statutes
may, by the vote of shareholders owning two-thirds of its capital
stock, reduce its capital to any sum not below the amount required
by title 62 of the Revised Statutes to authorize the formation of
associations; but no such reduction shall be allowable which will
reduce the capital of the association below the amount required for
its outstanding circulation, nor shall any reduction be made until
the amount of the proposed reduction has been reported to the
Comptroller of the Currency and such reduction has been approved by
said Comptroller of the Currency and no shareholder shall be
entitled to any distribution of cash or other assets by reason of
any reduction of the common capital of any association unless such
distribution shall have been approved by the Comptroller of the
Currency and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the
shares of each class of stock outstanding, voting as classes.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5143; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 28, 38 Stat. 274; Aug.
23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 334, 49 Stat. 720.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the
original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes,
consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are classified to
sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53,
55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93,
93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481
to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections
8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. Sec. 5133
to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5143 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 13,
13 Stat. 103, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, substituted ''and no shareholder shall
be entitled to any distribution of cash or other assets by reason
of any reduction of the common capital of any association unless
such distribution shall have been approved by the Comptroller of
the Currency and by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of
the shares of each class of stock outstanding, voting as classes''
for ''and by the Federal Reserve Board or by the organization
committee pending the organization of the Federal Reserve Board''.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 56 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 60 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 60. Dividends
-STATUTE-
(a) Periodic declaration; surplus fund
The directors of any national banking association may, quarterly,
semiannually or annually, declare a dividend of so much of the
undivided profits of the association, subject to the limitations in
subsection (b) of this section, as they shall judge expedient,
except that until the surplus fund of such association shall equal
its common capital, no dividends shall be declared unless there has
been carried to the surplus fund not less than one-tenth part of
the association's net income of the preceding half year in the case
of quarterly or semiannual dividends, or not less than one-tenth
part of its net income of the preceding two consecutive half-year
periods in the case of annual dividends: Provided, That for the
purposes of this section, any amounts paid into a fund for the
retirement of any preferred stock of any such association out of
its net income for such period or periods shall be deemed to be
additions to its surplus fund if, upon the retirement of such
preferred stock, the amounts so paid into such retirement fund may
then properly be carried to surplus. In any such case the
association shall be obligated to transfer to surplus the amounts
so paid into such retirement fund on account of the preferred stock
as such stock is retired.
(b) Approval of Comptroller
The approval of the Comptroller of the Currency shall be required
if the total of all dividends declared by such association in any
calendar year shall exceed the total of its net income of that year
combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years,
less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement
of any preferred stock.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5199; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 315, 49
Stat. 712; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 21(a), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 465;
Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(h)(2), Sept. 23, 1994, 108
Stat. 2294.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5199 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 33,
13 Stat. 109, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 602(h)(2)(A), (B),
substituted ''undivided profits of the association, subject to the
limitations in subsection (b) of this section,'' for ''net profits
of the association'' in first sentence and ''net income'' for ''net
profits'' wherever subsequently appearing.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 602(h)(2)(B), substituted
''net income'' for ''net profits'' in two places.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 602(h)(2)(C), struck out
subsec. (c) which read as follows: ''For the purpose of this
section the term 'net profits' shall mean the remainder of all
earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans
and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total
thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued
dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all Federal and State
taxes.''
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 designated existing provisions as subsec.
(a), authorized the declaration of dividends, quarterly and
annually, when at least one-tenth of the bank's net profits of the
preceding half year or of the preceding two consecutive half-year
periods has been carried to the surplus fund, respectively, and
added subsecs. (b) and (c).
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, among other changes, inserted proviso.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 324 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 61 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 61. Shareholders' voting rights; cumulative and distributive
voting; preferred stock; trust shares; proxies, liability
restrictions; percentage requirement exclusion of trust shares
-STATUTE-
In all elections of directors, each shareholder shall have the
right to vote the number of shares owned by him for as many persons
as there are directors to be elected, or to cumulate such shares
and give one candidate as many votes as the number of directors
multiplied by the number of his shares shall equal, or to
distribute them on the same principle among as many candidates as
he shall think fit; and in deciding all other questions at meetings
of shareholders, each shareholder shall be entitled to one vote on
each share of stock held by him; except that (1) this shall not be
construed as limiting the voting rights of holders of preferred
stock under the terms and provisions of articles of association, or
amendments thereto, adopted pursuant to the provisions of section
51b of this title; (2) in the election of directors, shares of its
own stock held by a national bank as sole trustee, whether
registered in its own name as such trustee or in the name of its
nominee, shall not be voted by the registered owner unless under
the terms of the trust the manner in which such shares shall be
voted may be determined by a donor or beneficiary of the trust and
unless such donor or beneficiary actually directs how such shares
shall be voted; and (3) shares of its own stock held by a national
bank and one or more persons as trustees may be voted by such other
person or persons, as trustees, in the same manner as if he or they
were the sole trustee. Shareholders may vote by proxies duly
authorized in writing; but no officer, clerk, teller, or bookkeeper
of such bank shall act as proxy; and no shareholder whose liability
is past due and unpaid shall be allowed to vote. Whenever shares
of stock cannot be voted by reason of being held by the bank as
sole trustee such shares shall be excluded in determining whether
matters voted upon by the shareholders were adopted by the
requisite percentage of shares.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5144; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 19, 48 Stat. 186; Aug.
23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 311, 49 Stat. 710; Sept. 3,
1954, ch. 1263, Sec. 21, 68 Stat. 1234; Pub. L. 86-114, Sec. 4,
July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 264; Pub. L. 89-485, Sec. 13(c), July 1,
1966, 80 Stat. 242.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5144 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 11,
13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1966 - Pub. L. 89-485 struck out: clause (4) requirement of a
voting permit from the Board for voting shares controlled by a
holding company affiliate of a national bank except when voting in
favor of voluntary liquidation of an association; second par.
definition of control of shares by a holding company affiliate;
third par, prescribing procedure for obtaining a voting permit:
application to Board, grant or denial of permit in the public
interest, factors for consideration, and conditions described in
subsecs. (a) to (e) for granting a permit; subsec. (a) requirement
of agreement of the holding company affiliate to an examination of
the affiliate by bank examiners, reports by such examiners,
examination of affiliated banks, and publication of individual or
consolidated statements of condition of such banks; subsec. (b)
provisions for possession of readily marketable assets other than
bank stock and reinvestment of a prescribed amount of net earnings
in such assets; subsec. (c) provisions for reserve of assets, use
of assets for capital replacement, and situations involving more
than one holding company affiliate; subsec. (d) provisions for
penalties for false entries; subsec. (e) requirements for
disclosure in application of a absence of securities company status
and for declaration of dividends out of net earnings; penultimate
par. prescribing procedure for revocation of voting permit and
prohibiting the use of the bank as a depositary for public moneys
of the United States and payment of dividends to the affiliate; and
last par. authorization for forfeiture of rights, privileges, and
franchises of national banks.
1959 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86-114 authorized the Board to
designate one of the chain of holding company affiliates which
would have to maintain the 12 percent reserve and exempted the
other holding company affiliates from the requirement.
1954 - Subsec. (d). Act Sept. 3, 1954, substituted ''section 1005
of Title 18'' for ''section 592 of this title''.
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, amended first par., first sentence of
third par., and inserted ''and the provisions of this subsection,
instead of subsection (b), shall apply to all holding company
affiliates with respect to any shares of bank stock owned or
controlled by them as to which there is no statutory liability
imposed upon the holders of such bank stock'' at end of subsec.
(c).
1933 - Act June 16, 1933, inserted provisions for cumulative
voting of shares or distribution of votes on a cumulative voting
principle, prohibited national banks holding their own shares as
sole trustee from voting such shares but permitted such shares to
be voted when held by another person or persons as trustees with
the bank, denied voting rights to shares controlled by a holding
company affiliate of a national bank unless a voting permit was
first obtained, provided for application for a voting permit to the
Federal Reserve Board, specified conditions for granting the voting
permit and procedure for its revocation, and authorized the
forfeiture of a National Bank's rights, privileges, and franchises
upon such revocation.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in title 26 section 601.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 62 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 62. List of shareholders
-STATUTE-
The president and cashier of every national banking association
shall cause to be kept at all times a full and correct list of the
names and residences of all the shareholders in the association,
and the number of shares held by each, in the office where its
business is transacted. Such list shall be subject to the
inspection of all the shareholders and creditors of the
association, and the officers authorized to assess taxes under
State authority, during business hours of each day in which
business may be legally transacted. A copy of such list, verified
by the oath of such president or cashier, shall be transmitted to
the Comptroller of the Currency within ten days of any demand
therefor made by him.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5210; May 18, 1953, ch. 59, Sec. 1, 67 Stat. 27.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5210 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 40,
13 Stat. 111, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1953 - Act May 18, 1953, changed the requirement for annual
transmission of a copy of the shareholders list to the Comptroller
of the Currency by authorizing the Comptroller to acquire such copy
at any time on 10 days' notice.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 63, 64 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 63, 64. Repealed. Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 7, Sept. 8, 1959, 73
Stat. 457
-MISC1-
Section 63, R.S. Sec. 5151, related to individual liability of
shareholders.
Section 64, act Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 23, 38 Stat. 273,
related to transfer of shares as affecting individual liability of
shareholders. Limitation on liability of shareholders, see section
64a of this title.
The status of former section 63 of this title had been doubtful.
At different times it had been held to have been repealed,
superseded, and superseded only in part by former section 64 of
this title which related to the same subject. See American T. Co.
v. Grut, C.C.A. 1935, 80 F.2d 155; Miller v. Hamner, C.C.A. 1920,
269 F. 891; and First Nat. Bank v. First Nat. Bank, D.C. 1926, 14
F.2d 129.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 64a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 64a. Individual liability of shareholders; limitation on
liability
-STATUTE-
The additional liability imposed upon shareholders in national
banking associations by the provisions of sections 63 and 64 of
this title shall not apply with respect to shares in any such
association issued after June 16, 1933. Such additional liability
shall cease on July 1, 1937, with respect to all shares issued by
any association which shall be transacting the business of banking
on July 1, 1937: Provided, That not less than six months prior to
such date, such association shall have caused notice of such
prospective termination of liability to be published in a newspaper
published in the city, town, or county in which such association is
located, and if no newspaper is published in such city, town, or
county, then in a newspaper of general circulation therein. If the
association fail (FOOTNOTE 1) to give such notice as and when above
provided, a termination of such additional liability may thereafter
be accomplished as of the date six month (FOOTNOTE 2) subsequent to
publication, in the manner above provided. In the case of each
association which has not caused notice of such prospective
termination of liability to be published prior to May 18, 1953, the
Comptroller of the Currency shall cause such notice to be published
in the manner provided in this section, and on the date six months
subsequent to such publication by the Comptroller of the Currency
such additional liability shall cease.
(FOOTNOTE 1) So in original. Probably should be ''fails''.
(FOOTNOTE 2) So in original. Probably should be ''months''.
-SOURCE-
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 22, 48 Stat. 189; Aug. 23, 1935, ch.
614, title III, Sec. 304, 49 Stat. 708; May 18, 1953, ch. 59, Sec.
2, 67 Stat. 27.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Sections 63 and 64 of this title, referred to in text, were
repealed by Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 7, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457.
-MISC2-
AMENDMENTS
1953 - Act May 18, 1953, provided for termination of the
additional liability, referred to in the section, by action of the
Comptroller of the Currency with regard to those associations which
had not, prior to May 18, 1953, caused notice of termination to be
published.
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, added second and third sentences.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 65 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 65. Repealed. Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 8, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
457
-MISC1-
Section, acts June 30, 1876, ch. 156, Sec. 2, 19 Stat. 63; Sept.
3, 1954, ch. 1263, Sec. 22, 68 Stat. 1234, related to enforcement
of shareholders' individual liability by creditors on liquidation.
Limitation on liability of shareholders, see section 64a of this
title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 66 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 66. Personal liability of representatives of stockholders
-STATUTE-
Persons holding stock as executors, administrators, guardians, or
trustees, shall not be personally subject to any liabilities as
stockholders; but the estates and funds in their hands shall be
liable in like manner and to the same extent as the testator,
intestate, ward, or person interested in such trust funds would be,
if living and competent to act and hold the stock in his own name.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5152.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5152 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 63,
13 Stat. 118, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 67 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER II - CAPITAL, STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS
-HEAD-
Sec. 67. Individual liability of shareholders; compromises;
authority of receiver
-STATUTE-
Any receiver of a national banking association is authorized,
with the approval of the Comptroller of the Currency and upon the
order of a court of record of competent jurisdiction, to
compromise, either before or after judgment, the individual
liability of any shareholder of such association.
-SOURCE-
(Feb. 25, 1930, ch. 58, 46 Stat. 74.)
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer to
Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under section 1 of this
title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 71 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 71. Election
-STATUTE-
The affairs of each association shall be managed by not less than
five directors, who shall be elected by the shareholders at a
meeting to be held at any time before the association is authorized
by the Comptroller of the Currency to commence the business of
banking; and afterward at meetings to be held on such day of each
year as is specified therefor in the bylaws. The directors shall
hold office for a period of not more than 3 years, and until their
successors are elected and have qualified. In accordance with
regulations issued by the Comptroller of the Currency, a national
bank may adopt bylaws that provide for staggering the terms of its
directors.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5145; Pub. L. 88-232, Sec. 1, Dec. 23, 1963, 77 Stat.
472; Pub. L. 106-569, title XII, Sec. 1205(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114
Stat. 3033.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5145 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 9,
10, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38
of this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-569 substituted ''for a period of not more
than 3 years'' for ''for one year'' and inserted at end ''In
accordance with regulations issued by the Comptroller of the
Currency, a national bank may adopt bylaws that provide for
staggering the terms of its directors.''
1963 - Pub. L. 88-232 substituted ''on such day of each year as
is specified therefor in the bylaws'' for ''on such day in January
of each year as is specified therefor in the articles of
association''.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1821 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 71a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 71a. Number of directors; penalties
-STATUTE-
After one year from June 16, 1933, notwithstanding any other
provision of law, the board of directors, board of trustees, or
other similar governing body of every national banking association
and of every State bank or trust company which is a member of the
Federal Reserve System shall consist of not less than five nor more
than twenty-five members, except that the Comptroller of the
Currency may, by regulation or order, exempt a national bank from
the 25-member limit established by this section. If any national
banking association violates the provisions of this section and
continues such violation after thirty days' notice from the
Comptroller of the Currency, the said Comptroller may appoint a
receiver or conservator therefor, in accordance with the provisions
of existing law. If any State bank or trust company which is a
member of the Federal Reserve System violates the provisions of
this section and continues such violation after thirty days' notice
from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, it shall
be subject to the forfeiture of its membership in the Federal
Reserve System in accordance with the provisions of section 327 of
this title.
-SOURCE-
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 31, 48 Stat. 194; June 16, 1934, ch.
546, Sec. 4, 48 Stat. 971; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, Sec.
203(a), title III, Sec. 306, 49 Stat. 704, 708; Pub. L. 106-569,
title XII, Sec. 1205(b), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3034.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-569 inserted before period at end of first
sentence '', except that the Comptroller of the Currency may, by
regulation or order, exempt a national bank from the 25-member
limit established by this section''.
1935 - Act June 16, 1934, as amended by act Aug. 23, 1935, Sec.
306, repealed a former provision of this section relating to stock
ownership requirements of directors, trustees, or members of
similar governing bodies of any national banking association, or of
any State bank or trust company which is a member of the Federal
Reserve System.
1934 - Act June 16, 1934, repealed a former provision of this
section relating to stock ownership requirements of directors,
trustees, or members of similar governing bodies of member banks of
the Federal Reserve System.
-CHANGE-
CHANGE OF NAME
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal
Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1821 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 72 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 72. Qualifications
-STATUTE-
Every director must, during his whole term of service, be a
citizen of the United States, and at least a majority of the
directors must have resided in the State, Territory, or District in
which the association is located, or within one hundred miles of
the location of the office of the association, for at least one
year immediately preceding their election, and must be residents of
such State or within one-hundred-mile territory of the location of
the association during their continuance in office, except that the
Comptroller may, in the discretion of the Comptroller, waive the
requirement of residency, and waive the requirement of citizenship
in the case of not more than a minority of the total number of
directors. Every director must own in his or her own right either
shares of the capital stock of the association of which he or she
is a director the aggregate par value of which is not less than
$1,000, or an equivalent interest, as determined by the Comptroller
of the Currency, in any company which has control over such
association within the meaning of section 1841 of this title. If
the capital of the bank does not exceed $25,000, every director
must own in his or her own right either shares of such capital
stock the aggregate par value of which is not less than $500, or an
equivalent interest, as determined by the Comptroller of the
Currency, in any company which has control over such association
within the meaning of section 1841 of this title. Any director who
ceases to be the owner of the required number of shares of the
stock, or who becomes in any other manner disqualified, shall
thereby vacate his place.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5146; Feb. 28, 1905, ch. 1163, 33 Stat. 818; Mar. 1,
1921, ch. 100, 41 Stat. 1199; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 17, 44
Stat. 1233; Apr. 27, 1956, ch. 215, 70 Stat. 119; Pub. L. 95-369,
Sec. 2, Sept. 17, 1978, 92 Stat. 608; Pub. L. 96-221, title VII,
Sec. 710, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 189; Pub. L. 103-325, title III,
Sec. 313, Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2221; Pub. L. 104-208, div. A,
title II, Sec. 2241, Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-418; Pub. L.
106-569, title XII, Sec. 1233(a), Dec. 27, 2000, 114 Stat. 3037.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5146 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 9,
10, 13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38
of this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-569 inserted before period at end of first
sentence '', and waive the requirement of citizenship in the case
of not more than a minority of the total number of directors''.
1996 - Pub. L. 104-208 substituted ''except that the Comptroller
may, in the discretion of the Comptroller, waive the requirement of
residency'' for ''except that in the case of an association which
is a subsidiary or affiliate of a foreign bank, the Comptroller of
the Currency may in his discretion waive the requirement of
citizenship in the case of not more than a minority of the total
number of directors'' before period at end of first sentence.
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325, which directed the substitution of ''a
majority'' for ''two thirds'', was executed by making the
substitution for ''two-thirds'' in first sentence to reflect the
probable intent of Congress.
1980 - Pub. L. 96-221 inserted provisions setting forth
additional ownership requirements with respect to equivalent
interest determinations by the Comptroller of the Currency.
1978 - Pub. L. 95-369 authorized the Comptroller of the Currency,
in case of associations which are subsidiaries of affiliates of
foreign banks, to waive citizenship requirements of not more than a
minority of the total number of directors.
1956 - Act Apr. 27, 1956, substituted ''two-thirds'', ''one
hundred'', ''one-hundred-mile'', for ''three-fourths'', ''fifty'',
and ''fifty-mile'', respectively.
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, substituted a minimum value of stock
ownership for minimum number of shares in both instances.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1821 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 73 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 73. Oath
-STATUTE-
Each director, when appointed or elected, shall take an oath that
he will, so far as the duty devolves on him, diligently and
honestly administer the affairs of such association, and will not
knowingly violate or willingly permit to be violated any of the
provisions of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, and that he is the
owner in good faith, and in his own right, of the number of shares
of stock required by title 62 of the Revised Statutes, subscribed
by him, or standing in his name on the books of the association,
and that the same is not hypothecated, or in any way pledged, as
security for any loan or debt. The oath shall be taken before a
notary public, properly authorized and commissioned by the State in
which he resides, or before any other officer having an official
seal and authorized by the State to administer oaths, except that
the oath shall not be taken before any such notary public or other
officer who is an officer of the director's bank. The oath,
subscribed by the director making it, and certified by the notary
public or other officer before whom it is taken, shall be
immediately transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency and
shall be filed and preserved in his office for a period of ten
years.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5147; Feb. 20, 1925, ch. 274, 43 Stat. 955.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the
original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes,
consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are classified to
sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53,
55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93,
93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481
to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections
8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. Sec. 5133
to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5147 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 9, 13
Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this
title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1821 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 74 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 74. Vacancies
-STATUTE-
Any vacancy in the board shall be filled by appointment by the
remaining directors, and any director so appointed shall hold his
place until the next election.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5148.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5148 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 10,
13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1821 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 75 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 75. Legal holiday, annual meeting on; proceedings where no
election held on proper day
-STATUTE-
When the day fixed in the bylaws for the regular annual meeting
of the shareholders falls on a legal holiday in the State in which
the bank is located, the shareholders meeting shall be held, and
the directors elected, on the next following banking day. If, from
any cause, an election of directors is not made on the day fixed,
or in the event of a legal holiday, on the next following banking
day, an election may be held on any subsequent day within sixty
days of the day fixed, to be designated by the board of directors,
or, if the directors fail to fix the day, by shareholders
representing two-thirds of the shares, at least ten days' notice
thereof in all cases having been given by first-class mail to the
shareholders.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5149; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 9, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
457; Pub. L. 88-232, Sec. 2, Dec. 23, 1963, 77 Stat. 472.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5149 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 10,
13 Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1963 - Pub. L. 88-232 substituted ''bylaws'' for ''articles of
association''.
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 provided that when the day fixed for the
regular annual meeting of the shareholders falls on a legal
holiday, the meeting shall be held on the next following banking
day and authorized election of directors to be held within sixty
days of a fixed day upon ten days' notice to the shareholders by
first-class mail instead of upon thirty days' notice in newspaper
and at a date designated in the articles or bylaws or by the
shareholders.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1821 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 76 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 76. President of bank as member of board; chairman of board
-STATUTE-
The president of the bank shall be a member of the board and
shall be the chairman thereof, but the board may designate a
director in lieu of the president to be chairman of the board, who
shall perform such duties as may be designated by the board.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5150; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 6, 44 Stat. 1228.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5150 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 9, 13
Stat. 102, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this
title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, amended section generally. Prior to
amendment, section read as follows: ''One of the directors, to be
chosen by the board, shall be president of the board.''
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 77 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 77. Repealed. Pub. L. 89-695, title II, Sec. 207, Oct. 16,
1966, 80 Stat. 1055
-MISC1-
Section, act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 30, 48 Stat. 193,
provided authority for removal of directors or officers of national
banks, District banks, or State member banks for continued
violations of law or for continued unsafe or unsound practices in
conducting the business of such banks.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section 401 of Pub. L. 89-695, Oct. 16, 1966, 80 Stat. 1056,
which provided for reenactment of this section effective upon
expiration of the period ending at the close of June 30, 1972, was
repealed by Pub. L. 91-609, title IX, Sec. 908, Dec. 31, 1970, 84
Stat. 1811.
-MISC3-
CONDITIONS GOVERNING EMPLOYMENT OF PERSONNEL NOT REPEALED,
MODIFIED, OR AFFECTED
Nothing contained in section 207 of Pub. L. 89-695 repealing this
section to be construed as repealing, modifying, or affecting
section 1829 of this title, see section 206 of Pub. L. 89-695, set
out as a note under section 1813 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 78 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER III - DIRECTORS
-HEAD-
Sec. 78. Repealed. Pub. L. 106-102, title I, Sec. 101(b), Nov. 12,
1999, 113 Stat. 1341
-MISC1-
Section, acts June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 32, 48 Stat. 194; Aug.
23, 1935, ch. 614, Sec. 307, 49 Stat. 709, related to certain
persons excluded from serving as officers, directors, or employees
of member banks.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL
Repeal effective 120 days after Nov. 12, 1999, see section 161 of
Pub. L. 106-102, set out as an Effective Date of 1999 Amendment
note under section 24 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING
BUSINESS; POWERS AND DUTIES OF NATIONAL
BANKS 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 81 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 81. Place of business
-STATUTE-
The general business of each national banking association shall
be transacted in the place specified in its organization
certificate and in the branch or branches, if any, established or
maintained by it in accordance with the provisions of section 36 of
this title.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5190; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 8, 44 Stat. 1229.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5190 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 8, 13
Stat. 101, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this
title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, among other changes, inserted ''and in
the branch or branches, if any, established or maintained by it in
accordance with the provisions of section 36 of this title''.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 82 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 82. Repealed. Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 402, Oct. 15,
1982, 96 Stat. 1510
-MISC1-
Section, R.S. Sec. 5202; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 13, 38 Stat.
264; Sept. 7, 1916, ch. 461, 39 Stat. 753; Apr. 5, 1918, ch. 45,
Sec. 20, 40 Stat. 512; Oct. 22, 1919, ch. 79, Sec. 2, 41 Stat. 297;
Mar. 4, 1923, ch. 252, title V, Sec. 504, 42 Stat. 1481; Feb. 25,
1927, ch. 191, Sec. 11, 44 Stat. 1231; Jan. 22, 1932, ch. 8, Sec.
5, formerly Sec. 6, 47 Stat. 8, renumbered and amended June 30,
1947, ch. 166, title I, Sec. 1, 61 Stat. 202; May 20, 1933, ch. 35,
Sec. 2, 48 Stat. 73; June 19, 1934, ch. 653, Sec. 2, 48 Stat. 1107;
Sept. 8, 1959, Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 10, 73 Stat. 458; Sept. 9,
1959, Pub. L. 86-251, Sec. 2, 73 Stat. 488; July 24, 1970, Pub. L.
91-351, title II, Sec. 201(b), 84 Stat. 451; Jan. 4, 1975, Pub. L.
93-646, Sec. 11, 88 Stat. 2337, provided that no national banking
association could at any time be indebted, or in any way liable, to
an amount exceeding the amount of its capital stock at such time
actually paid in and remaining undiminished by losses or otherwise,
plus 50 percent of the amount of its unimpaired surplus fund,
except on account of demands of the nature following: notes of
circulation; moneys deposited with or collected by the association;
bills of exchange or drafts drawn against money actually on deposit
to the credit of the association, or due thereto; liabilities to
the stockholders of the association for dividends and reserve
profits; liabilities incurred under the provisions of the Federal
Reserve Act; liabilities incurred under the provisions of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.); liabilities
created by the indorsement of accepted bills of exchange payable
abroad actually owned by the indorsing bank and discounted at home
or abroad; liabilities incurred under the provisions of sections
1031 to 1033 of this title; liabilities incurred on account of
loans made with the express approval of the Comptroller of the
Currency under former section 84(9) of this title; liabilities
incurred under the provisions of section 352a of this title;
liabilities incurred in connection with sales of mortgages, or
participations therein, to the Federal National Mortgage
Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation; and
liabilities incurred in borrowing from the Export-Import Bank of
the United States.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 83 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 83. Loans by bank on its own stock
-STATUTE-
(a) General prohibition
No national bank shall make any loan or discount on the security
of the shares of its own capital stock.
(b) Exclusion
For purposes of this section, a national bank shall not be deemed
to be making a loan or discount on the security of the shares of
its own capital stock if it acquires the stock to prevent loss upon
a debt previously contracted for in good faith.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5201; Pub. L. 106-569, title XII, Sec. 1207(a), Dec. 27,
2000, 114 Stat. 3034.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5201 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 35,
13 Stat. 110, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
2000 - Pub. L. 106-569 amended section catchline and text
generally. Prior to amendment, text read as follows: ''No
association shall make any loan or discount on the security of the
shares of its own capital stock, nor be the purchaser or holder of
any such shares, unless such security or purchase shall be
necessary to prevent loss upon a debt previously contracted in good
faith; and stock so purchased or acquired shall, within six months
from the time of its purchase, be sold or disposed of at public or
private sale; or, in default thereof, a receiver may be appointed
to close up the business of the association, according to section
192 of this title.''
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 84 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 84. Lending limits
-STATUTE-
(a) Total loans and extensions of credit
(1) The total loans and extensions of credit by a national
banking association to a person outstanding at one time and not
fully secured, as determined in a manner consistent with paragraph
(2) of this subsection, by collateral having a market value at
least equal to the amount of the loan or extension of credit shall
not exceed 15 per centum of the unimpaired capital and unimpaired
surplus of the association.
(2) The total loans and extensions of credit by a national
banking association to a person outstanding at one time and fully
secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value, as
determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations,
at least equal to the amount of the funds outstanding shall not
exceed 10 per centum of the unimpaired capital and unimpaired
surplus of the association. This limitation shall be separate from
and in addition to the limitation contained in paragraph (1) of
this subsection.
(b) Definitions
For the purposes of this section -
(1) the term ''loans and extensions of credit'' shall include
all direct or indirect advances of funds to a person made on the
basis of any obligation of that person to repay the funds or
repayable from specific property pledged by or on behalf of the
person and, to the extent specified by the Comptroller of the
Currency, such term shall also include any liability of a
national banking association to advance funds to or on behalf of
a person pursuant to a contractual commitment; and
(2) the term ''person'' shall include an individual, sole
proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, association, trust,
estate, business trust, corporation, sovereign government or
agency, instrumentality, or political subdivision thereof, or any
similar entity or organization.
(c) Exceptions
The limitations contained in subsection (a) of this section shall
be subject to the following exceptions:
(1) Loans or extensions of credit arising from the discount of
commercial or business paper evidencing an obligation to the
person negotiating it with recourse shall not be subject to any
limitation based on capital and surplus.
(2) The purchase of bankers' acceptances of the kind described
in section 372 of this title and issued by other banks shall not
be subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(3) Loans and extensions of credit secured by bills of lading,
warehouse receipts, or similar documents transferring or securing
title to readily marketable staples shall be subject to a
limitation of 35 per centum of capital and surplus in addition to
the general limitations if the market value of the staples
securing each additional loan or extension of credit at all times
equals or exceeds 115 per centum of the outstanding amount of
such loan or extension of credit. The staples shall be fully
covered by insurance whenever it is customary to insure such
staples.
(4) Loans or extensions of credit secured by bonds, notes,
certificates of indebtedness, or Treasury bills of the United
States or by other such obligations fully guaranteed as to
principal and interest by the United States shall not be subject
to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(5) Loans or extensions of credit to or secured by
unconditional takeout commitments or guarantees of any
department, agency, bureau, board, commission, or establishment
of the United States or any corporation wholly owned directly or
indirectly by the United States shall not be subject to any
limitation based on capital and surplus.
(6) Loans or extensions of credit secured by a segregated
deposit account in the lending bank shall not be subject to any
limitation based on capital and surplus.
(7) Loans or extensions of credit to any financial institution
or to any receiver, conservator, superintendent of banks, or
other agent in charge of the business and property of such
financial institution, when such loans or extensions of credit
are approved by the Comptroller of the Currency, shall not be
subject to any limitation based on capital and surplus.
(8)(A) Loans and extensions of credit arising from the discount
of negotiable or nonnegotiable installment consumer paper which
carries a full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee by
the person transferring the paper shall be subject under this
section to a maximum limitation equal to 25 per centum of such
capital and surplus, notwithstanding the collateral requirements
set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this section.
(B) If the bank's files or the knowledge of its officers of the
financial condition of each maker of such consumer paper is
reasonably adequate, and an officer of the bank designated for
that purpose by the board of directors of the bank certifies in
writing that the bank is relying primarily upon the
responsibility of each maker for payment of such loans or
extensions of credit and not upon any full or partial recourse
endorsement or guarantee by the transferor, the limitations of
this section as to the loans or extensions of credit of each such
maker shall be the sole applicable loan limitations.
(9)(A) Loans and extensions of credit secured by shipping
documents or instruments transferring or securing title covering
livestock or giving a lien on livestock when the market value of
the livestock securing the obligation is not at any time less
than 115 per centum of the face amount of the note covered, shall
be subject under this section, notwithstanding the collateral
requirements set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this section, to a
maximum limitation equal to 25 per centum of such capital and
surplus.
(B) Loans and extensions of credit which arise from the
discount by dealers in dairy cattle of paper given in payment for
dairy cattle, which paper carries a full recourse endorsement or
unconditional guarantee of the seller, and which are secured by
the cattle being sold, shall be subject under this section,
notwithstanding the collateral requirements set forth in
subsection (a)(2) of this section, to a limitation of 25 per
centum of such capital and surplus.
(10) Loans or extensions of credit to the Student Loan
Marketing Association shall not be subject to any limitation
based on capital and surplus.
(d) Authority of Comptroller of the Currency
(1) The Comptroller of the Currency may prescribe rules and
regulations to administer and carry out the purposes of this
section, including rules or regulations to define or further define
terms used in this section and to establish limits or requirements
other than those specified in this section for particular classes
or categories of loans or extensions of credit.
(2) The Comptroller of the Currency also shall have authority to
determine when a loan putatively made to a person shall for
purposes of this section be attributed to another person.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5200; June 22, 1906, ch. 3516, 34 Stat. 451; Sept. 24,
1918, ch. 176, Sec. 6, 40 Stat. 967; Oct. 22, 1919, ch. 79, Sec. 1,
41 Stat. 296; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 10, 44 Stat. 1229; May
20, 1933, ch. 35, Sec. 1, 48 Stat. 73; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec.
26(a), 48 Stat. 191; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec.
321(b), 49 Stat. 713; June 11, 1942, ch. 404, Sec. 8, 56 Stat. 356;
July 15, 1949, ch. 338, title VI, Sec. 602(b), 63 Stat. 440; July
22, 1937, ch. 517, Sec. 15(a), as added Aug. 14, 1946, ch. 964,
Sec. 5, 60 Stat. 1079; amended Pub. L. 85-748, Sec. 1(c), Aug. 25,
1958, 72 Stat. 841; Pub. L. 86-251, Sec. 3, Sept. 9, 1959, 73 Stat.
488; Pub. L. 87-723, Sec. 4(c)(4), Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 672;
Pub. L. 90-19, Sec. 27(b), May 25, 1967, 81 Stat. 29; Pub. L.
92-318, title I, Sec. 133(c)(2), June 23, 1972, 86 Stat. 270; Pub.
L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 401(a), Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1508;
Pub. L. 97-457, Sec. 17(a), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 372 of this title, referred to in subsec. (c)(2), was in
the original a reference to ''section 13 of the Federal Reserve
Act''. Provisions of section 13 describing bankers' acceptances are
classified to section 372 of this title. Other provisions of
section 13 are classified to sections 342 to 347, 347c, 347d of
this title.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5200 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 29,
13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1983 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97-457 inserted a comma before
''to the extent specified by the Comptroller of the Currency''.
1982 - Pub. L. 97-320 amended section generally. Prior to
amendment, section read as follows: ''The total obligations to any
national banking association of any person, copartnership,
association, or corporation shall at no time exceed 10 per centum
of the amount of the capital stock of such association actually
paid in and unimpaired and 10 per centum of its unimpaired surplus
fund. The term 'obligations' shall mean the direct liability of
the maker or acceptor of paper discounted with or sold to such
association and the liability of the indorser, drawer, or guarantor
who obtains a loan from or discounts paper with or sells paper
under his guaranty to such association and shall include in the
case of obligations of a copartnership or association the
obligations of the several members thereof and shall include in the
case of obligations of a corporation all obligations of all
subsidiaries thereof in which such corporation owns or controls a
majority interest. Such limitation of 10 per centum shall be
subject to the following exceptions:
''(1) Obligations in the form of drafts or bills of exchange
drawn in good faith against actually existing values shall not be
subject under this section to any limitation based upon such
capital and surplus.
''(2) Obligations arising out of the discount of commercial or
business paper actually owned by the person, copartnership,
association, or corporation negotiating the same shall not be
subject under this section to any limitation based upon such
capital and surplus.
''(3) Obligations drawn in good faith against actually existing
values and secured by goods or commodities in process of shipment
shall not be subject under this section to any limitation based
upon such capital and surplus.
''(4) Obligations as indorser or guarantor of notes, other than
commercial or business paper excepted under paragraph (2) of this
section, having a maturity of not more than six months, and owned
by the person, corporation, association, or copartnership
indorsing and negotiating the same, shall be subject under this
section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and
surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and
surplus.
''(5) Obligations in the form of banker's acceptances of other
banks of the kind described in section 372 of this title shall
not be subject under this section to any limitation based upon
such capital and surplus.
''(6) Obligations of any person, copartnership, association or
corporation, in the form of notes or drafts secured by shipping
documents, warehouse receipts or other such documents
transferring or securing title covering readily marketable
nonperishable staples when such property is fully covered by
insurance, if it is customary to insure such staples, shall be
subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of
such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of
such capital and surplus when the market value of such staples
securing such obligation is not at any time less than 115 per
centum of the face amount of such obligation, and to an
additional increase of limitation of 5 per centum of such capital
and surplus in addition to such 25 per centum of such capital and
surplus when the market value of such staples securing such
additional obligation is not at any time less than 120 per centum
of the face amount of such additional obligation, and to a
further additional increase of limitation of 5 per centum of such
capital and surplus in addition to such 30 per centum of such
capital and surplus when the market value of such staples
securing such additional obligation is not at any time less than
125 per centum of the face amount of such additional obligation,
and to a further additional increase of limitation of 5 per
centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 35 per
centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of such
staples securing such additional obligation is not at any time
less than 130 per centum of the face amount of such additional
obligation, and to a further additional increase of limitation of
5 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 40
per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of
such staples securing such additional obligation is not at any
time less than 135 per centum of the face amount of such
additional obligation, and to a further additional increase of
limitation of 5 per centum of such capital and surplus in
addition to such 45 per centum of such capital and surplus when
the market value of such staples securing such additional
obligation is not at any time less than 140 per centum of the
face amount of such additional obligation, but this exception
shall not apply to obligations of any one person, copartnership,
association, or corporation arising from the same transactions
and/or secured by the identical staples for more than ten
months. Obligations of any person, copartnership, association,
or corporation in the form of notes or drafts secured by shipping
documents, warehouse receipts, or other such documents
transferring or securing title covering refrigerated or frozen
readily marketable staples when such property is fully covered by
insurance, shall be subject under this section to a limitation of
15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10
per centum of such capital and surplus when the market value of
such staples securing such obligation is not at any time less
than 115 per centum of the face amount of such additional
obligation, but this exception shall not apply to obligations of
any one person, copartnership, association or corporation arising
from the same transactions and/or secured by the identical
staples for more than six months.
''(7) Obligations of any person, copartnership, association, or
corporation in the form of notes or drafts secured by shipping
documents or instruments transferring or securing title covering
livestock or giving a lien on livestock when the market value of
the livestock securing the obligation is not at any time less
than 115 per centum of the face amount of the notes covered by
such documents shall be subject under this section to a
limitation of 15 per centum of such capital and surplus in
addition to such 10 per centum of such capital and surplus.
Obligations arising out of the discount by dealers in dairy
cattle of paper given in payment for dairy cattle, which bear a
full recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee of the
seller and are secured by the cattle being sold, shall be subject
under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of such
capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of such
capital and surplus.
''(8) Obligations of any person, copartnership, association, or
corporation secured by not less than a like amount of bonds or
notes of the United States issued since April 24, 1917, or
certificates of indebtedness of the United States, Treasury bills
of the United States, or obligations fully guaranteed both as to
principal and interest by the United States, shall (except to the
extent permitted by rules and regulations prescribed by the
Comptroller of the Currency, with the approval of the Secretary
of the Treasury) be subject under this section to a limitation of
15 per centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10
per centum of such capital and surplus.
''(9) Obligations representing loans to any national banking
association or to any banking institution organized under the
laws of any State, or to any receiver, conservator, or
superintendent of banks, or to any other agent, in charge of the
business and property of any such association or banking
institution, when such loans are approved by the Comptroller of
the Currency, shall not be subject under this section to any
limitation based upon such capital and surplus.
''(10) Obligations shall not be subject under this section to
any limitation based upon such capital and surplus to the extent
that such obligations are secured or covered by guaranties, or by
commitments or agreements to take over or to purchase, made by
any Federal Reserve bank or by the United States or any
department, bureau, board, commission, or establishment of the
United States, including any corporation wholly owned directly or
indirectly by the United States: Provided, That such guaranties,
agreements, or commitments are unconditional and must be
performed by payment of cash or its equivalent within sixty days
after demand. The Comptroller of the Currency is authorized to
define the terms herein used if and when he may deem it
necessary.
''(11) Obligations of a local public agency (as defined in
section 110(h) of the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1460(h))) or
of a public housing agency (as defined in the United States
Housing Act of 1937, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1437 et seq.)) which
have a maturity of not more than eighteen months shall not be
subject under this section to any limitation, if such obligations
are secured by an agreement between the obligor agency and the
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development in which the agency
agrees to borrow from the Secretary, and the Secretary agrees to
lend to the agency, prior to the maturity of such obligations,
monies in an amount which (together with any other monies
irrevocably committed to the payment of interest on such
obligations) will suffice to pay the principal of such
obligations with interest to maturity, which monies under the
terms of said agreement are required to be used for that purpose.
''(12) Obligations insured by the Secretary of Agriculture
pursuant to the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended (7
U.S.C. 1000 et seq.), or the Act of August 28, 1937, as amended
(relating to the conservation of water resources), or title V of
the Housing Act of 1949 (42 U.S.C. 1471 et seq.), shall be
subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per centum of
such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per centum of
such capital and surplus.
''(13) Obligations as endorser or guarantor of negotiable or
nonnegotiable installment consumer paper which carries a full
recourse endorsement or unconditional guarantee by the person,
copartnership, association, or corporation transferring the same,
shall be subject under this section to a limitation of 15 per
centum of such capital and surplus in addition to such 10 per
centum of such capital and surplus: Provided, however, That if
the bank's files or the knowledge of its officers of the
financial condition of each maker of such obligations is
reasonably adequate, and upon certification by an officer of the
bank designated for that purpose by the board of directors of the
bank, that the responsibility of each maker of such obligations
has been evaluated and the bank is relying primarily upon each
such maker for the payment of such obligations, the limitations
of this section as to the obligations of each such maker shall be
the sole applicable loan limitation: Provided further, That such
certification shall be in writing and shall be retained as part
of the records of such bank.
''(14) Obligations of the Student Loan Marketing Association
shall not be subject to any limitation based upon such capital
and surplus.''
1972 - Par. (14). Pub. L. 92-318 added par. (14).
1967 - Par. (11). Pub. L. 90-19 substituted ''Secretary of
Housing and Urban Development'' for ''Housing and Home Finance
Administrator or the Public Housing Administration'' and
''Secretary'' for ''Administrator or Administration'' wherever
appearing, respectively.
1962 - Par. (12). Pub. L. 87-723 inserted ''or title V of the
Housing Act of 1949'' before ''shall be subject under this
section''.
1959 - Par. (6). Pub. L. 86-251, Sec. 3(a), substituted ''secured
by'' for ''secured upon'' and inserted exception with respect to
obligations secured by documents transferring or securing title
covering refrigerated or frozen readily marketable staples.
Par. (7). Pub. L. 86-251, Sec. 3(b), inserted exception with
respect to obligations arising out of the discount by dealers in
dairy cattle of paper given in payment for dairy cattle.
Par. (8). Pub. L. 86-251, Sec. 3(c), struck out ''in the form of
notes'' after ''corporation''.
Par. (13). Pub. L. 86-251, Sec. 3(d), added par. (13).
1958 - Par. (12). Pub. L. 85-748 amended section 15(a) of act
July 22, 1937, as added by act Aug. 14, 1946, by inserting sentence
amending R.S. Sec. 5200 by adding par. (12).
1949 - Par. (11). Act July 15, 1949, added par. (11).
1942 - Par. (10). Act June 11, 1942, added par. (10).
1935 - Par. (8). Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted ''Treasury bills of
the United States, or obligations fully guaranteed both as to
principal and interest by the United States''.
1933 - Par. (1). Act June 16, 1933, inserted provision relating
to obligations of a corporation and its subsidiaries in second
sentence.
Par. (9). Act May 20, 1933, added par. (9).
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, reenacted section, subdividing it into
eight numbered exceptions.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1982 AMENDMENT
Section 401(b) of Pub. L. 97-320 provided that: ''This section
(amending this section) shall take effect upon the expiration of
one hundred and eighty days after the date of its enactment (Oct.
15, 1982).''
REPEALS
Repealing provisions of Consolidated Farmers Home Administration
Act of 1961 as not having the effect of repealing the amendment to
this section enacted by act July 22, 1937, Sec. 15(a), as added
Aug. 14, 1946, see section 341(a) of Pub. L. 87-128, title III,
Aug. 8, 1961, 75 Stat. 318, set out as a note under section 1921 of
Title 7, Agriculture.
SAVINGS PROVISION
Section 26(b) of act June 16, 1933, provided: ''The amendment
made by this section (amending this section) shall not apply to
such obligations of subsidiaries held by such association on the
date this section takes effect.''
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 3,
47 Stat. 1567.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 345, 375b, 1464 of this
title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 85 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 85. Rate of interest on loans, discounts and purchases
-STATUTE-
Any association may take, receive, reserve, and charge on any
loan or discount made, or upon any notes, bills of exchange, or
other evidences of debt, interest at the rate allowed by the laws
of the State, Territory, or District where the bank is located, or
at a rate of 1 per centum in excess of the discount rate on
ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal reserve bank
in the Federal reserve district where the bank is located,
whichever may be the greater, and no more, except that where by the
laws of any State a different rate is limited for banks organized
under State laws, the rate so limited shall be allowed for
associations organized or existing in any such State under title 62
of the Revised Statutes. When no rate is fixed by the laws of the
State, or Territory, or District, the bank may take, receive,
reserve, or charge a rate not exceeding 7 per centum, or 1 per
centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety day commercial
paper in effect at the Federal reserve bank in the Federal reserve
district where the bank is located, whichever may be the greater,
and such interest may be taken in advance, reckoning the days for
which the note, bill, or other evidence of debt has to run. The
maximum amount of interest or discount to be charged at a branch of
an association located outside of the States of the United States
and the District of Columbia shall be at the rate allowed by the
laws of the country, territory, dependency, province, dominion,
insular possession, or other political subdivision where the branch
is located. And the purchase, discount, or sale of a bona fide
bill of exchange, payable at another place than the place of such
purchase, discount, or sale, at not more than the current rate of
exchange for sight drafts in addition to the interest, shall not be
considered as taking or receiving a greater rate of interest.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5197; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 25, 48 Stat. 191; Aug.
23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 314, 49 Stat. 711; Pub. L.
93-501, title II, Sec. 201, Oct. 29, 1974, 88 Stat. 1558; Pub. L.
96-104, title I, Sec. 101, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 789; Pub. L.
96-161, title II, Sec. 201, Dec. 28, 1979, 93 Stat. 1235; Pub. L.
96-221, title V, Sec. 529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in text, was in the
original ''this Title'' meaning title LXII of the Revised Statutes,
consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244, which are classified to
sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35 to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53,
55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83 to 86, 90, 91, 93,
93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to 194, 196, 215c, 481
to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title. See, also, sections
8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of Title 18, Crimes and
Criminal Procedure. For complete classification of R.S. Sec. 5133
to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5197 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 30,
13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
Section 201 of Pub. L. 96-161, cited as a credit to this section,
was repealed by section 529 of Pub. L. 96-221, effective at the
close of Mar. 31, 1980. The amendment of this section by that
repealed provision, described in the 1979 Amendments note below,
shall continue in effect for limited purposes pursuant to section
529. See Savings Provisions note, describing the provisions of
section 529 of Pub. L. 96-221, set out below.
Section 101 of Pub. L. 96-104, cited as a credit to this section,
was repealed by section 212 of Pub. L. 96-161, effective at the
close of Dec. 27, 1979. The amendment of this section by that
repealed provision, described in the 1979 Amendments note below,
shall continue in effect for limited purposes pursuant to section
212 of Pub. L. 96-161. See Savings Provisions note, describing the
provisions of section 212 of Pub. L. 96-161, set out below. The
amendment by Pub. L. 96-104, Sec. 101, was duplicated with
identical language in the amendment made by Pub. L. 96-161, Sec.
201. See 1979 Amendments note below.
Section 201 of Pub. L. 93-501, cited as a credit to this section,
was repealed by Pub. L. 96-104, Sec. 1, Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 789.
The amendment of this section by that repealed provision, described
in the 1974 Amendment note set out under this section, was
duplicated in 1979 with identical language under section 101 of
Pub. L. 96-104. See 1979 Amendments note below.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1980 - Pub. L. 96-221 repealed Pub. L. 96-104 and title II of
Pub. L. 96-161, resulting in the striking out of ''or in the case
of business or agricultural loans in the amount of $25,000 or more,
at a rate of 5 per centum in excess of the discount rate on
ninety-day commercial paper in effect at the Federal Reserve bank
in the Federal Reserve district where the bank is located,'' before
''whichever may be the greater'' in two places. See Codification
and 1979 Amendment notes under this section.
1979 - Pub. L. 96-161 inserted provisions relating to a 5 per
centum interest rate on business or agricultural loans in the
amount of $25,000 or more that were identical to provisions
inserted earlier by Pub. L. 96-104. See Codification note above.
Pub. L. 96-104 substituted ''or in the case of business or
agricultural loans in the amount of $25,000 or more, at a rate of 5
per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day commercial
paper in effect at the Federal Reserve bank in the Federal Reserve
district where the bank is located, whichever may be the greater''
for ''whichever may be the greater'' in two places. See
Codification note above.
1974 - Pub. L. 93-501 substituted ''or in the case of business or
agricultural loans in the amount of $25,000 or more, at a rate of 5
per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day commercial
paper in effect at the Federal Reserve bank in the Federal Reserve
district where the bank is located, whichever may be the greater''
for ''whichever may be the greater'' in two places.
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted third sentence.
1933 - Act June 16, 1933, authorized interest at the alternative
rate of 1 per centum in excess of the discount rate on ninety-day
commercial paper in effect at the federal reserve bank in the
Federal Reserve district where the bank is located if greater.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1980 AMENDMENT
Section 529 of Pub. L. 96-221 provided that the amendment made by
that section is effective at the close of Mar. 31, 1980.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1979 AMENDMENTS
Section 207 of Pub. L. 96-161, which provided that amendment by
Pub. L. 96-161 was applicable to loans made in any State during the
period beginning on Dec. 28, 1979, and ending on the earliest of
(1) in the case of a State statute, July 1, 1980; (2) the date,
after Dec. 28, 1979, on which such State adopts a law stating in
substance that such State does not want the amendment of this
section made by Pub. L. 96-161 to apply with respect to loans made
in such State; or (3) the date on which such State certifies that
the voters of such State, after Dec. 28, 1979, have voted in favor
of, or to retain, any law, provision of the constitution of such
State, or amendment to the constitution of such State which
prohibits the charging of interest at the rates provided in the
amendment of this section by Pub. L. 96-161, was repealed by Pub.
L. 96-221, title V, Sec. 529, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 168.
Section 107 of Pub. L. 96-104, which provided that amendment by
Pub. L. 96-104 was applicable to loans made by any State during the
period beginning on Nov. 5, 1979, and ending on the earlier of July
1, 1981, or the date after Nov. 5, 1979, on which such State adopts
a law stating in substance that such State does not want the
amendment of this section to apply with respect to loans made in
such State, or the date on which such State certifies that the
voters of such State have voted in favor of, or to retain, any law,
provision of the constitution of such State, or amendment of the
constitution of such State, which prohibits the charging of
interest at the rates provided in the amendment of this section,
was repealed by Pub. L. 96-161, title II, Sec. 212, Dec. 28, 1979,
93 Stat. 1239.
EFFECTIVE AND TERMINATION DATES OF 1974 AMENDMENT
Section 206 of Pub. L. 93-501, which provided that amendment by
Pub. L. 93-501 applicable to loans made in any state after Oct. 29,
1974, but prior to the earlier of July 1, 1977, or the date (after
Oct. 29, 1974) of enactment by the state of a law prohibiting the
charging of interest at the rates provided in the amendment of this
section, was repealed by Pub. L. 96-104, Sec. 1, Nov. 5, 1979, 93
Stat. 789.
SAVINGS PROVISIONS
Section 529 of Pub. L. 96-221 provided in part that,
notwithstanding the repeal of Pub. L. 96-104 and title II of Pub.
L. 96-161, the provisions added to this section by those repealed
laws shall continue to apply to any loan made, any deposit made, or
any obligation issued in any State during any period when those
provisions were in effect in such State.
Section 212 of Pub. L. 96-161 provided in part that,
notwithstanding the repeal, effective at the close of Dec. 27,
1979, of Pub. L. 96-104 (which had enacted sections 86a, 371b-1,
1730e, and 1831a of this title, amended sections 85, 1425b, and
1828 of this title and section 687 of Title 15, Commerce and Trade,
repealed sections 371b-1, 1730e, and 1831a of this title and notes
set out under sections 371b-1 and 1831a of this title, and enacted
provisions set out as notes under this section and sections 86a,
371b-1, and 1831a of this title), the amendment which had been made
by title I of Pub. L. 96-104 and the provisions of that title would
continue to apply to any loan made in any State on or after Nov. 5,
1979, but prior to the repeal of Pub. L. 96-104, and that the
amendments made by title II of Pub. L. 96-104 would continue to
apply to any deposit made or obligation issued in any State on or
after Nov. 5, 1979, but prior to the repeal of Pub. L. 96-104.
Section 1 of Pub. L. 96-104 provided in part that,
notwithstanding the repeal of titles II and III of Pub. L. 93-501
(which had enacted sections 371b-1, 1730e, and 1831a of this title,
amended sections 85, 1425b, and 1828 of this title, and section 687
of Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and enacted provisions set out as
notes under sections 371b-1 and 1831a of this title), the
amendments which had been made by title II of that Act and the
provisions of such title would continue to apply to any loan made
in any State during the period specified in section 206 of such Act
(set out as a note under section 1831a of this title) and that the
amendments which had been made by title III of such Act would
continue to apply to any deposit made or obligation issued in any
State during the period specified in section 304 of such Act (set
out as a note under section 371b-1 of this title).
CHOICE OF HIGHEST APPLICABLE INTEREST RATE
In any case in which one or more provisions of, or amendments
made by, title V of Pub. L. 96-221 (enacting sections 86a, 1730g,
1735f-7a, 1785(g), and 1831d of this title and section 687(i) of
Title 15, Commerce and Trade, and enacting provisions set out as
notes under sections 86a, 1730g, and 1735f-7 of this title),
section 1735f-7 of this title, or any other provisions of law,
including this section, apply with respect to the same loan,
mortgage, credit sale, or advance, such loan, mortgage, credit
sale, or advance may be made at the highest applicable rate, see
section 528 of Pub. L. 96-221, set out as a note under section
1735f-7a of this title.
STATES HAVING CONSTITUTIONAL PROVISIONS REGARDING MAXIMUM INTEREST
RATES
Section 213 of Pub. L. 96-161 provided that the provisions of
title II of Pub. L. 96-161, which amended this section, repealed
provisions which had formerly amended this section, and enacted
provisions set out as notes under this section, to continue to
apply until July 1, 1981, in the case of any State having a
constitutional provision regarding maximum interest rates.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 86, 1831u of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 86 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 86. Usurious interest; penalty for taking; limitations
-STATUTE-
The taking, receiving, reserving, or charging a rate of interest
greater than is allowed by section 85 of this title, when knowingly
done, shall be deemed a forfeiture of the entire interest which the
note, bill, or other evidence of debt carries with it, or which has
been agreed to be paid thereon. In case the greater rate of
interest has been paid, the person by whom it has been paid, or his
legal representatives, may recover back, in an action in the nature
of an action of debt, twice the amount of the interest thus paid
from the association taking or receiving the same: Provided, That
such action is commenced within two years from the time the
usurious transaction occurred.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5198.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5198 (less last sentence) derived from act June 3,
1864, ch. 106, Sec. 30, 13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank
Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is based on R.S. Sec. 5198, less last sentence as added
by act Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, Sec. 1, 18 Stat. 320, which is
classified to section 94 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 86a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 86a. Omitted
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section, Pub. L. 96-221, title V, Sec. 511, Mar. 31, 1980, 94
Stat. 164; Pub. L. 96-399, title III, Sec. 324(b), (d), Oct. 8,
1980, 94 Stat. 1648, which authorized interest on business or
agricultural loans of $1,000 or more at a rate of not more than 5
per centum in excess of the discount rate, was omitted pursuant to
section 512 of Pub. L. 96-221 which made these provisions
applicable only with respect to such loans made in any State during
the period beginning on April 1, 1980, and ending on the earlier of
(1) April 1, 1983, or (2) the date, on or after April 1, 1980, on
which such State adopts a law or certifies that the voters of such
State have voted in favor of any provision, constitutional or
otherwise, which states explicitly that such State does not want
these provisions to apply with respect to loans made in such State.
A prior section 86a, Pub. L. 96-161, title II, Sec. 205, Dec. 28,
1979, 93 Stat. 1237, similar to this section as enacted by Pub. L.
96-221, was repealed by section 529 of Pub. L. 96-221, effective at
the close of Mar. 31, 1980, except that its provisions would
continue to apply to any loan made, any deposit made, or any
obligation issued in any State during any period when that section
was in effect in such State. For the effective date provisions
relating to the prior section 86a, see section 207 of Pub. L.
96-161.
Another prior section 86a, Pub. L. 96-104, title I, Sec. 105,
Nov. 5, 1979, 93 Stat. 791, identical to this section as enacted by
Pub. L. 96-161, was repealed by section 212 of Pub. L. 96-161,
effective at the close of Dec. 27, 1979, except that its provisions
would continue to apply to loans made in any State on or after Nov.
5, 1979, but prior to such repeal.
Section 301 of Pub. L. 96-104, which limited the applicability of
Pub. L. 96-104 to those States having a constitutional provision
that all contracts for a greater rate of interest than 10 per
centum per annum are void as to both principal and interest, was
repealed by section 212 of Pub. L. 96-161, effective at the close
of Dec. 27, 1979.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 87 to 89 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 87 to 89. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(e)(2)-(4), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2291
-MISC1-
Section 87, R.S. Sec. 5203, related to restriction on use by bank
of its circulating notes.
Section 88, R.S. Sec. 5206, related to restriction on use by bank
of notes of other banks.
Section 89, R.S. Sec. 5196, related to duty of bank to receive
circulating notes of other banks in payment of debts.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 90 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 90. Depositaries of public moneys and financial agents of
Government
-STATUTE-
All national banking associations, designated for that purpose by
the Secretary of the Treasury, shall be depositaries of public
money, under such regulations as may be prescribed by the
Secretary; and they may also be employed as financial agents of the
Government; and they shall perform all such reasonable duties, as
depositaries of public money and financial agents of the
Government, as may be required of them. The Secretary of the
Treasury shall require the associations thus designated to give
satisfactory security, by the deposit of United States bonds and
otherwise, for the safe-keeping and prompt payment of the public
money deposited with them, and for the faithful performance of
their duties as financial agents of the Government: Provided, That
the Secretary shall, on or before the 1st of January of each year,
make a public statement of the securities required during that year
for such deposits. And every association so designated as receiver
or depositary of the public money shall take and receive at par all
of the national currency bills, by whatever association issued,
which have been paid into the Government for internal revenue, or
for loans or stocks: Provided, That the Secretary of the Treasury
shall distribute the deposits herein provided for, as far as
practicable, equitably between the different States and sections.
Any national banking association may, upon the deposit with it of
any funds by any State or political subdivision thereof or any
agency or other governmental instrumentality of one or more States
or political subdivisions thereof, including any officer, employee,
or agent thereof in his official capacity, give security for the
safekeeping and prompt payment of the funds so deposited to the
same extent and of the same kind as is authorized by the law of the
State in which such association is located in the case of other
banking institutions in the State.
Any national banking association may, upon the deposit with it of
any funds by any federally recognized Indian tribe, or any officer,
employee, or agent thereof in his or her official capacity, give
security for the safekeeping and prompt payment of the funds so
deposited by the deposit of United States bonds and otherwise as
may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury for public funds
under the first paragraph of this section.
Notwithstanding the Federal Property and Administrative Services
Act of 1949, as amended, the Secretary may select associations as
financial agents in accordance with any process the Secretary deems
appropriate and their reasonable duties may include the provision
of electronic benefit transfer services (including
State-administered benefits with the consent of the States), as
defined by the Secretary.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5153; Mar. 3, 1901, ch. 871, 31 Stat. 1448; Mar. 4,
1907, ch. 2913, Sec. 3, 34 Stat. 1290; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec.
27, 38 Stat. 274; Aug. 4, 1914, ch. 225, 38 Stat. 682; June 25,
1930, ch. 604, 46 Stat. 809; Aug. 18, 1950, ch. 754, 64 Stat. 463;
Pub. L. 96-153, title III, Sec. 323(f), Dec. 21, 1979, 93 Stat.
1120; Pub. L. 104-208, div. A, title I, Sec. 101(f) (Sec. 2(1)),
Sept. 30, 1996, 110 Stat. 3009-314, 3009-386.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949,
referred to in text, is act June 30, 1949, ch. 288, 63 Stat. 377,
as amended. Except for title III of the Act, which is classified
generally to subchapter IV (Sec. 251 et seq.) of chapter 4 of Title
41, Public Contracts, the Act was repealed and reenacted by Pub. L.
107-217, Sec. 1, 6(b), Aug. 21, 2002, 116 Stat. 1062, 1304, as
chapters 1 to 11 of Title 40, Public Buildings, Property, and
Works.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5153 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 45,
13 Stat. 113, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1996 - Pub. L. 104-208 added fourth par.
1979 - Pub. L. 96-153 added third par.
1950 - Act Aug. 18, 1950, permitted national banks to accept and
give security for deposits of funds made by agencies or
governmental instrumentalities or States or political subdivisions
thereof and by their officers, employees or agents.
1930 - Act June 25, 1930, added second par.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 91 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 91. Transfers by bank and other acts in contemplation of
insolvency
-STATUTE-
All transfers of the notes, bonds, bills of exchange, or other
evidences of debt owing to any national banking association, or of
deposits to its credit; all assignments of mortgages, sureties on
real estate, or of judgments or decrees in its favor; all deposits
of money, bullion, or other valuable thing for its use, or for the
use of any of its shareholders or creditors; and all payments of
money to either, made after the commission of an act of insolvency,
or in contemplation thereof, made with a view to prevent the
application of its assets in the manner prescribed by chapter 4 of
title 62 of the Revised Statutes, or with a view to the preference
of one creditor to another, except in payment of its circulating
notes, shall be utterly null and void; and no attachment,
injunction, or execution, shall be issued against such association
or its property before final judgment in any suit, action, or
proceeding, in any State, county, or municipal court.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5242.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Chapter 4 of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in
text, was in the original ''this chapter'', meaning chapter 4 of
title 62 of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. Sec. 5220 to
5244, which are classified to sections 43, 91, 93, 93a, 181, 182,
192 to 194, 196, and 481 to 485 of this title. See, also, section
709 of Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete
classification of R.S. Sec. 5220 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5242 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 52,
13 Stat. 115, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 3,
1873, ch. 269, Sec. 2, 17 Stat. 603. See section 38 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 92 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 92. Acting as insurance agent or broker
-STATUTE-
In addition to the powers now vested by law in national banking
associations organized under the laws of the United States any such
association located and doing business in any place the population
of which does not exceed five thousand inhabitants, as shown by the
last preceding decennial census, may, under such rules and
regulations as may be prescribed by the Comptroller of the
Currency, act as the agent for any fire, life, or other insurance
company authorized by the authorities of the State in which said
bank is located to do business in said State, by soliciting and
selling insurance and collecting premiums on policies issued by
such company; and may receive for services so rendered such fees or
commissions as may be agreed upon between the said association and
the insurance company for which it may act as agent: Provided,
however, That no such bank shall in any case assume or guarantee
the payment of any premium on insurance policies issued through its
agency by its principal: And provided further, That the bank shall
not guarantee the truth of any statement made by an assured in
filing his application for insurance.
-SOURCE-
(Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 13 (par.), as added Sept. 7, 1916, ch.
461, 39 Stat. 753; amended Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 403(b),
Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1511.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section is based on the eleventh par. of section 13 of act Dec.
23, 1913, as amended. The eleventh par. constituted the ninth par.
of section 13 in 1916 (39 Stat. 752, 753), became the tenth par. in
1923 (42 Stat. 1478), and became the eleventh par. in 1932 (47
Stat. 715). For further details, see Codification notes under
sections 342 to 344 of this title.
For decision by U.S. Supreme Court that, despite faulty placement
of quotation marks, act Sept. 7, 1916, placed within section 13 of
act Dec. 23, 1913, each of the ten pars. located between the
phrases that introduced the amendments to sections 13 and 14 of
said act, that only the seventh par. (rather than seventh to tenth
pars.) comprised the amended R.S. Sec. 5202, and that section 20 of
act Apr. 5, 1918 (40 Stat. 512) (which amended R.S. Sec. 5202
comprised of a single par.), did not amend section 13 of said act
so as to repeal the eighth to tenth pars., see United States
National Bank of Oregon v. Independent Insurance Agents of
America, Inc., et al., 508 U.S. 439, 113 S.Ct. 2173, 124 L.Ed. 2d
402 (1993). As the result of subsequent amendments, such seventh to
tenth pars. of section 13 now constitute the ninth to twelfth
pars. The ninth par. amended former section 82 of this title, and
the tenth to twelfth pars. are classified to sections 361, 92, and
373, respectively, of this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1982 - Pub. L. 97-320 struck out ''; and may also act as the
broker or agent for others in making or procuring loans on real
estate located within one hundred miles of the place in which said
bank may be located, receiving for such services a reasonable fee
or commission'' after ''may act as agent'' and ''guarantee either
the principal or interest of any such loans or'' after ''shall in
any case''.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1982 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 97-320 effective upon the expiration of 180
days after Oct. 15, 1982, see section 403(c) of Pub. L. 97-320, set
out as a note under section 371 of this title.
MORATORIUM
Pub. L. 100-86, title II, Sec. 201(a), (b)(5), Aug. 10, 1987, 101
Stat. 581, 583, provided that, during period beginning Mar. 6,
1987, and ending Mar. 1, 1988, national banks and Federal branches
or agencies of foreign banks could not expand their insurance
agency activities pursuant to this section into places where they
were not conducting such activities as of Mar. 5, 1987.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 412 of this title; title
15 section 6711.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 92a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 92a. Trust powers
-STATUTE-
(a) Authority of Comptroller of the Currency
The Comptroller of the Currency shall be authorized and empowered
to grant by special permit to national banks applying therefor,
when not in contravention of State or local law, the right to act
as trustee, executor, administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds,
guardian of estates, assignee, receiver, committee of estates of
lunatics, or in any other fiduciary capacity in which State banks,
trust companies, or other corporations which come into competition
with national banks are permitted to act under the laws of the
State in which the national bank is located.
(b) Grant and exercise of powers deemed not in contravention of
State or local law
Whenever the laws of such State authorize or permit the exercise
of any or all of the foregoing powers by State banks, trust
companies, or other corporations which compete with national banks,
the granting to and the exercise of such powers by national banks
shall not be deemed to be in contravention of State or local law
within the meaning of this section.
(c) Segregation of fiduciary and general assets; separate books and
records; access of State banking authorities to reports of
examinations, books, records, and assets
National banks exercising any or all of the powers enumerating
(FOOTNOTE 1) in this section shall segregate all assets held in any
fiduciary capacity from the general assets of the bank and shall
keep a separate set of books and records showing in proper detail
all transactions engaged in under authority of this section. The
State banking authorities may have access to reports of examination
made by the Comptroller of the Currency insofar as such reports
relate to the trust department of such bank, but nothing in this
section shall be construed as authorizing the State banking
authorities to examine the books, records, and assets of such bank.
(FOOTNOTE 1) So in original. Probably should be ''enumerated''.
(d) Prohibited operations; separate investment account; collateral
for certain funds used in conduct of business
No national bank shall receive in its trust department deposits
of current funds subject to check or the deposit of checks, drafts,
bills of exchange, or other items for collection or exchange
purposes. Funds deposited or held in trust by the bank awaiting
investment shall be carried in a separate account and shall not be
used by the bank in the conduct of its business unless it shall
first set aside in the trust department United States bonds or
other securities approved by the Comptroller of the Currency.
(e) Lien and claim upon bank failure
In the event of the failure of such bank the owners of the funds
held in trust for investment shall have a lien on the bonds or
other securities so set apart in addition to their claim against
the estate of the bank.
(f) Deposits of securities for protection of private or court
trusts; execution of and exemption from bond
Whenever the laws of a State require corporations acting in a
fiduciary capacity to deposit securities with the State authorities
for the protection of private or court trusts, national banks so
acting shall be required to make similar deposits and securities so
deposited shall be held for the protection of private or court
trusts, as provided by the State law. National banks in such cases
shall not be required to execute the bond usually required of
individuals if State corporations under similar circumstances are
exempt from this requirement. National banks shall have power to
execute such bond when so required by the laws of the State.
(g) Officials' oath or affidavit
In any case in which the laws of a State require that a
corporation acting as trustee, executor, administrator, or in any
capacity specified in this section, shall take an oath or make an
affidavit, the president, vice president, cashier, or trust officer
of such national bank may take the necessary oath or execute the
necessary affidavit.
(h) Loans of trust funds to officers and employees prohibited;
penalties
It shall be unlawful for any national banking association to lend
any officer, director, or employee any funds held in trust under
the powers conferred by this section. Any officer, director, or
employee making such loan, or to whom such loan is made, may be
fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned not more than five years,
or may be both fined and imprisoned, in the discretion of the
court.
(i) Considerations determinative of grant or denial of
applications; minimum capital and surplus for issuance of
permit
In passing upon applications for permission to exercise the
powers enumerated in this section, the Comptroller of the Currency
may take into consideration the amount of capital and surplus of
the applying bank, whether or not such capital and surplus is
sufficient under the circumstances of the case, the needs of the
community to be served, and any other facts and circumstances that
seem to him proper, and may grant or refuse the application
accordingly: Provided, That no permit shall be issued to any
national banking association having a capital and surplus less than
the capital and surplus required by State law of State banks, trust
companies, and corporations exercising such powers.
(j) Surrender of authorization; board resolution; Comptroller
certification; activities affected; regulations
Any national banking association desiring to surrender its right
to exercise the powers granted under this section, in order to
relieve itself of the necessity of complying with the requirements
of this section, or to have returned to it any securities which it
may have deposited with the State authorities for the protection of
private or court trusts, or for any other purpose, may file with
the Comptroller of the Currency a certified copy of a resolution of
its board of directors signifying such desire. Upon receipt of
such resolution, the Comptroller of the Currency, after satisfying
himself that such bank has been relieved in accordance with State
law of all duties as trustee, executory, (FOOTNOTE 2)
administrator, registrar of stocks and bonds, guardian of estates,
assignee, receiver, committee of estates of lunatics or other
fiduciary, under court, private, or other appointments previously
accepted under authority of this section, may, in his discretion,
issue to such bank a certificate certifying that such bank is no
longer authorized to exercise the powers granted by this section.
Upon the issuance of such a certificate by the Comptroller of the
Currency, such bank (1) shall no longer be subject to the
provisions of this section or the regulations of the Comptroller of
the Currency made pursuant thereto, (2) shall be entitled to have
returned to it any securities which it may have deposited with the
State authorities for the protection of private or court trusts,
and (3) shall not exercise thereafter any of the powers granted by
this section without first applying for and obtaining a new permit
to exercise such powers pursuant to the provisions of this
section. The Comptroller of the Currency is authorized and
empowered to promulgate such regulations as he may deem necessary
to enforce compliance with the provisions of this section and the
proper exercise of the powers granted therein.
(FOOTNOTE 2) So in original. Probably should be ''executor,''.
(k) Revocation; procedures applicable
(1) In addition to the authority conferred by other law, if, in
the opinion of the Comptroller of the Currency, a national banking
association is unlawfully or unsoundly exercising, or has
unlawfully or unsoundly exercised, or has failed for a period of
five consecutive years to exercise, the powers granted by this
section or otherwise fails or has failed to comply with the
requirements of this section, the Comptroller may issue and serve
upon the association a notice of intent to revoke the authority of
the association to exercise the powers granted by this section.
The notice shall contain a statement of the facts constituting the
alleged unlawful or unsound exercise of powers, or failure to
exercise powers, or failure to comply, and shall fix a time and
place at which a hearing will be held to determine whether an order
revoking authority to exercise such powers should issue against the
association.
(2) Such hearing shall be conducted in accordance with the
provisions of section 1818(h) of this title, and subject to
judicial review as provided in such section, and shall be fixed for
a date not earlier than thirty days nor later than sixty days after
service of such notice unless an earlier or later date is set by
the Comptroller at the request of any association so served.
(3) Unless the association so served shall appear at the hearing
by a duly authorized representative, it shall be deemed to have
consented to the issuance of the revocation order. In the event of
such consent, or if upon the record made at any such hearing, the
Comptroller shall find that any allegation specified in the notice
of charges has been established, the Comptroller may issue and
serve upon the association an order prohibiting it from accepting
any new or additional trust accounts and revoking authority to
exercise any and all powers granted by this section, except that
such order shall permit the association to continue to service all
previously accepted trust accounts pending their expeditious
divestiture or termination.
(4) A revocation order shall become effective not earlier than
the expiration of thirty days after service of such order upon the
association so served (except in the case of a revocation order
issued upon consent, which shall become effective at the time
specified therein), and shall remain effective and enforceable,
except to such extent as it is stayed, modified, terminated, or set
aside by action of the Comptroller or a reviewing court.
-SOURCE-
(Pub. L. 87-722, Sec. 1, Sept. 28, 1962, 76 Stat. 668; Pub. L.
96-221, title VII, Sec. 704, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 187.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1980 - Subsec. (k). Pub. L. 96-221 added subsec. (k).
SAVINGS PROVISION
Section 2 of Pub. L. 87-722 provided that: ''Nothing contained in
this Act (enacting this section, amending sections 581 and
584(a)(2) of Title 26, and repealing section 248(k) of this title)
shall be deemed to affect or curtail the right of any national bank
to act in fiduciary capacities under a permit granted before the
date of enactment of this Act (Sept. 28, 1962) by the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System, nor to affect the validity
of any transactions entered into at any time by any national bank
pursuant to such permit. On and after the date of enactment of
this Act the exercise of fiduciary powers by national banks shall
be subject to the provisions of this Act and the requirements of
regulations issued by the Comptroller of the Currency pursuant to
the authority granted by this Act.''
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 93 of this title; title 15
sections 78c, 80a-2, 80b-2.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 93 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 93. Violation of provisions of chapter
-STATUTE-
(a) Forfeiture of franchise; personal liability of directors
If the directors of any national banking association shall
knowingly violate, or knowingly permit any of the officers, agents,
or servants of the association to violate any of the provisions of
title 62 of the Revised Statutes, all the rights, privileges, and
franchises of the association shall be thereby forfeited. Such
violation shall, however, be determined and adjudged by a proper
district or Territorial court of the United States in a suit
brought for that purpose by the Comptroller of the Currency, in his
own name, before the association shall be declared dissolved. And
in cases of such violation, every director who participated in or
assented to the same shall be held liable in his personal and
individual capacity for all damages which the association, its
shareholders, or any other person, shall have sustained in
consequence of such violation.
(b) Civil money penalty
(1) First tier
Any national banking association which, and any
institution-affiliated party (within the meaning of section
1813(u) of this title) with respect to such association who,
violates any provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes or any
of the provisions of section 92a of this title, or any regulation
issued pursuant thereto, shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of
not more than $5,000 for each day during which such violation
continues.
(2) Second tier
Notwithstanding paragraph (1), any national banking association
which, and any institution-affiliated party (within the meaning
of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such
association who, commits any violation described in paragraph (1)
which - (FOOTNOTE 1)
(FOOTNOTE 1) So in original. The words '', commits any
violation described in paragraph (1) which'' probably should not
appear.
(A)(i) commits any violation described in any (FOOTNOTE 2)
paragraph (1);
(FOOTNOTE 2) So in original. The word ''any'' probably should
not appear.
(ii) recklessly engages in an unsafe or unsound practice in
conducting the affairs of such association; or
(iii) breaches any fiduciary duty;
(B) which violation, practice, or breach -
(i) is part of a pattern of misconduct;
(ii) causes or is likely to cause more than a minimal loss
to such association; or
(iii) results in pecuniary gain or other benefit to such
party,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty of not more than $25,000
for each day during which such violation, practice, or breach
continues.
(3) Third tier
Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), any national banking
association which, and any institution-affiliated party (within
the meaning of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to
such association who -
(A) knowingly -
(i) commits any violation described in paragraph (1);
(ii) engages in any unsafe or unsound practice in
conducting the affairs of such association; or
(iii) breaches any fiduciary duty; and
(B) knowingly or recklessly causes a substantial loss to such
association or a substantial pecuniary gain or other benefit to
such party by reason of such violation, practice, or breach,
shall forfeit and pay a civil penalty in an amount not to exceed
the applicable maximum amount determined under paragraph (4) for
each day during which such violation, practice, or breach
continues.
(4) Maximum amounts of penalties for any violation described in
paragraph (3)
The maximum daily amount of any civil penalty which may be
assessed pursuant to paragraph (3) for any violation, practice,
or breach described in such paragraph is -
(A) in the case of any person other than a national banking
association, an amount to not (FOOTNOTE 3) exceed $1,000,000;
and
(FOOTNOTE 3) So in original. Probably should be ''not to''.
(B) in the case of a national banking association, an amount
not to exceed the lesser of -
(i) $1,000,000; or
(ii) 1 percent of the total assets of such association.
(5) Assessment; etc.
Any penalty imposed under paragraph (1), (2), or (3) shall be
assessed and collected by the Comptroller of the Currency in the
manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and (I) of
section 1818(i)(2) of this title for penalties imposed (under
such section) and any such assessment shall be subject to the
provisions of such section.
(6) Hearing
The association or other person against whom any penalty is
assessed under this subsection shall be afforded an agency
hearing if such association or person submits a request for such
hearing within 20 days after the issuance of the notice of
assessment. Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any
proceeding under this subsection.
(7) Disbursement
All penalties collected under authority of this subsection
shall be deposited into the Treasury.
(8) ''Violate'' defined
For purposes of this section, the term ''violate'' includes any
action (alone or with another or others) for or toward causing,
bringing about, participating in, counseling, or aiding or
abetting a violation.
(12) (FOOTNOTE 4) Regulations
(FOOTNOTE 4) So in original. No pars. (9) to (11) have been
enacted.
The Comptroller shall prescribe regulations establishing such
procedures as may be necessary to carry out this subsection.
(c) Notice under this section after separation from service
The resignation, termination of employment or participation, or
separation of an institution-affiliated party (within the meaning
of section 1813(u) of this title) with respect to such an
association (including a separation caused by the closing of such
an association) shall not affect the jurisdiction and authority of
the Comptroller of the Currency to issue any notice and proceed
under this section against any such party, if such notice is served
before the end of the 6-year period beginning on the date such
party ceased to be such a party with respect to such association
(whether such date occurs before, on, or after August 9, 1989).
(d) Forfeiture of franchise for money laundering or cash
transaction reporting offenses
(1) In general
(A) Conviction of title 18 offenses
(i) Duty to notify
If a national bank, a Federal branch, or Federal agency has
been convicted of any criminal offense under section 1956 or
1957 of title 18, the Attorney General shall provide to the
Comptroller of the Currency a written notification of the
conviction and shall include a certified copy of the order of
conviction from the court rendering the decision.
(ii) Notice of termination; pretermination hearing
After receiving written notification from the Attorney
General of such a conviction, the Comptroller of the Currency
shall issue to the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal
agency a notice of the Comptroller's intention to terminate
all rights, privileges, and franchises of the bank, Federal
branch, or Federal agency and schedule a pretermination
hearing.
(B) Conviction of title 31 offenses
If a national bank, a Federal branch, or a Federal agency is
convicted of any criminal offense under section 5322 or 5324 of
title 31, after receiving written notification from the
Attorney General, the Comptroller of the Currency may issue to
the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal agency a notice
of the Comptroller's intention to terminate all rights,
privileges, and franchises of the bank, Federal branch, or
Federal agency and schedule a pretermination hearing.
(C) Judicial review
Section 1818(h) of this title shall apply to any proceeding
under this subsection.
(2) Factors to be considered
In determining whether a franchise shall be forfeited under
paragraph (1), the Comptroller of the Currency shall take into
account the following factors:
(A) The extent to which directors or senior executive
officers of the national bank, Federal branch, or Federal
agency knew of, or were involved in, the commission of the
money laundering offense of which the bank, Federal branch, or
Federal agency was found guilty.
(B) The extent to which the offense occurred despite the
existence of policies and procedures within the national bank,
Federal branch, or Federal agency which were designed to
prevent the occurrence of any such offense.
(C) The extent to which the national bank, Federal branch, or
Federal agency has fully cooperated with law enforcement
authorities with respect to the investigation of the money
laundering offense of which the bank, Federal branch, or
Federal agency was found guilty.
(D) The extent to which the national bank, Federal branch, or
Federal agency has implemented additional internal controls
(since the commission of the offense of which the bank, Federal
branch, or Federal agency was found guilty) to prevent the
occurrence of any other money laundering offense.
(E) The extent to which the interest of the local community
in having adequate deposit and credit services available would
be threatened by the forfeiture of the franchise.
(3) Successor liability
This subsection shall not apply to a successor to the interests
of, or a person who acquires, a bank, a Federal branch, or a
Federal agency that violated a provision of law described in
paragraph (1), if the successor succeeds to the interests of the
violator, or the acquisition is made, in good faith and not for
purposes of evading this subsection or regulations prescribed
under this subsection.
(4) ''Senior executive officer'' defined
The term ''senior executive officer'' has the same meaning as
in regulations prescribed under section 1831i(f) of this title.
(d) (FOOTNOTE 5) Authority
(FOOTNOTE 5) So in original. Probably should be ''(e)''.
The Comptroller of the Currency may act in the Comptroller's own
name and through the Comptroller's own attorneys in enforcing any
provision of title 62 of the Revised Statutes, regulations
thereunder, or any other law or regulation, or in any action, suit,
or proceeding to which the Comptroller of the Currency is a party.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5239; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, Sec. 291, 36 Stat. 1167;
Pub. L. 95-630, title I, Sec. 103, Nov. 10, 1978, 92 Stat. 3643;
Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 424(d)(3), (f), (g), Oct. 15, 1982,
96 Stat. 1523; Pub. L. 97-457, Sec. 24, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat.
2510; Pub. L. 101-73, title IX, Sec. 905(e), 907(e), Aug. 9, 1989,
103 Stat. 460, 469; Pub. L. 102-550, title XV, Sec. 1502(a), Oct.
28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4045; Pub. L. 103-322, title XXXIII, Sec.
330017(b)(2), Sept. 13, 1994, 108 Stat. 2149; Pub. L. 103-325,
title III, Sec. 331(b)(3), title IV, Sec. 411(c)(2)(C), 413(b)(2),
Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2232, 2253, 2254.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Title 62 of the Revised Statutes, referred to in subsecs. (a),
(b)(1), and (d), was in the original ''this Title'' meaning title
LXII of the Revised Statutes, consisting of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244,
which are classified to sections 21, 22 to 24a, 25a, 26, 27, 29, 35
to 37, 39, 43, 52, 53, 55 to 57, 59 to 62, 66, 71, 72 to 76, 81, 83
to 86, 90, 91, 93, 93a, 94, 141 to 144, 161, 164, 181, 182, 192 to
194, 196, 215c, 481 to 485, 501, 541, 548, and 582 of this title.
See, also, sections 8, 333, 334, 475, 656, 709, 1004, and 1005 of
Title 18, Crimes and Criminal Procedure. For complete
classification of R.S. Sec. 5133 to 5244 to the Code, see Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5239 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 53,
13 Stat. 116, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
Act Mar. 3, 1911, conferred the powers and duties of the former
circuit courts upon the district courts.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103-322, Sec. 330017(b)(2), and Pub.
L. 103-325, Sec. 413(b)(2), amended section identically,
redesignating subsec. (c), relating to forfeiture of franchise for
money laundering, as (d).
Subsec. (d). Pub. L. 103-322, Sec. 330017(b)(2), and Pub. L.
103-325, Sec. 413(b)(2), amended section identically, redesignating
subsec. (c), relating to forfeiture of franchise for money
laundering, as (d).
Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 331(b)(3), added subsec. (d) relating to
authority.
Subsec. (d)(1)(B). Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 411(c)(2)(C),
substituted ''section 5322 or 5324 of title 31'' for ''section 5322
of title 31''.
1992 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 102-550 added subsec. (c) relating to
forfeiture of franchise for money laundering.
1989 - Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 101-73, Sec. 907(e), amended subsec.
(b) generally, revising and restating as pars. (1) to (8) and (12)
provisions of former pars. (1) to (8).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101-73, Sec. 905(e), added subsec. (c)
relating to notice after separation from service.
1982 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97-320, as amended by Pub. L.
97-457, inserted ''or any of the provisions of section 92a of this
title'', and substituted ''may be assessed'' for ''shall be
assessed'' and ''title'' for ''chapter''.
1978 - Pub. L. 95-630 designated existing provisions as subsec.
(a) and added subsec. (b).
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT
Section 907(l) of Pub. L. 101-73 provided that: ''The amendments
made by this section (amending this section and sections 481, 504,
505, 1467a, 1786, 1817, 1818, 1828, 1847, and 1972 of this title)
shall apply with respect to conduct engaged in by any person after
the date of the enactment of this Act (Aug. 9, 1989), except that
the increased maximum civil penalties of $5,000 and $25,000 per
violation or per day may apply to such conduct engaged in before
such date if such conduct -
''(1) is not already subject to a notice (initiating an
administrative proceeding) issued by the appropriate Federal
banking agency (as defined in section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q))) or the National Credit Union
Administration Board; and
''(2) occurred after the completion of the last report of
examination of the institution involved by the appropriate
Federal banking agency (as so defined) occurring before the date
of the enactment of this Act.''
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1978 AMENDMENT
Section 109 of title I of Pub. L. 95-630 provided that: ''Any
amendment made by this title which provides for the imposition of
civil penalties (enacting sections 504 and 505 of this title and
amending this section and sections 1464, 1730, 1730a, 1786, 1818,
1828, and 1847 of this title) shall apply only to violations
occurring or continuing after the date of its enactment (Nov. 10,
1978).''
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1831k of this title; title
31 sections 3121, 9110.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 93a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 93a. Authority to prescribe rules and regulations
-STATUTE-
Except to the extent that authority to issue such rules and
regulations has been expressly and exclusively granted to another
regulatory agency, the Comptroller of the Currency is authorized to
prescribe rules and regulations to carry out the responsibilities
of the office, except that the authority conferred by this section
does not apply to section 36 of this title or to securities
activities of National Banks under the Act commonly known as the
''Glass-Steagall Act''.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5239A, as added Pub. L. 96-221, title VII, Sec. 708,
Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 188.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Glass-Steagall Act, referred to in text, probably refers to
act June 16, 1933, ch. 89, 48 Stat. 162, as amended, also known as
the Banking Act of 1933 or the Glass-Steagall Act, 1933, rather
than to act Feb. 27, 1932, ch. 58, 47 Stat. 56, known as the
Glass-Steagall Act, 1932. Section 16 of the 1933 act, which amended
section 24 (Seventh) of this title, related in part to securities
activities of national banks. For complete classification of these
Acts to the Code, see Tables.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 94 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 94. Venue of suits
-STATUTE-
Any action or proceeding against a national banking association
for which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has been
appointed receiver, or against the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation as receiver of such association, shall be brought in
the district or territorial court of the United States held within
the district in which that association's principal place of
business is located, or, in the event any State, county, or
municipal court has jurisdiction over such an action or proceeding,
in such court in the county or city in which that association's
principal place of business is located.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5198; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, Sec. 1, 18 Stat. 320; Mar.
3, 1911, ch. 231, Sec. 291, 36 Stat. 1167; Pub. L. 97-320, title
IV, Sec. 406, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1512; Pub. L. 97-457, Sec.
20(a), Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
The last sentence of R.S. Sec. 5198, as added by act Feb. 18,
1875, ch. 80, Sec. 1, 18 Stat. 320, appears to have been derived
from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 57, 13 Stat. 116, which was
the National Bank Act. See section 38 of this title.
Section is comprised of last sentence of R.S. Sec. 5198 as added
by act Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, Sec. 1, 18 Stat. 320. The remaining
sentences of R.S. Sec. 5198 are classified to section 86 of this
title.
Act Mar. 3, 1911, conferred powers and duties of former circuit
courts on district courts.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1982 - Pub. L. 97-320, as amended by Pub. L. 97-457, amended
section generally. Prior to amendment section read as follows:
''Actions and proceedings against any association under this
chapter may be had in any district or Territorial court of the
United States held within the district in which such association
may be established, or in any State, county, or municipal court in
the county or city in which said association is located having
jurisdiction in similar cases.''
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1983 AMENDMENT
Section 20(b) of Pub. L. 97-457 provided that: ''The amendment
made by subsection (a) (amending this section) shall be deemed to
have taken effect upon the enactment of Public Law 97-320 (Oct. 15,
1982).''
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 94a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 94a. Repealed. June 25, 1948, ch. 646, Sec. 39, 62 Stat. 992,
eff. Sept. 1, 1948
-MISC1-
Section, act July 12, 1882, ch. 290, Sec. 4, 22 Stat. 163,
related to jurisdiction and venue. See sections 1348 and 1394 of
Title 28, Judiciary and Judicial Procedure.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 95 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 95. Emergency limitations and restrictions on business of
members of Federal reserve system; designation of legal holiday
for national banking associations; exceptions; ''State''
defined
-STATUTE-
(a) In order to provide for the safer and more effective
operation of the national Banking System and the Federal Reserve
System, to preserve for the people the full benefits of the
currency provided for by the Congress through the national banking
system and the Federal reserve system, and to relieve interstate
commerce of the burdens and obstructions resulting from the receipt
on an unsound or unsafe basis of deposits subject to withdrawal by
check, during such emergency period as the President of the United
States by proclamation may prescribe, no member bank of the Federal
reserve system shall transact any banking business except to such
extent and subject to such regulations, limitations and
restrictions as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury,
with the approval of the President. Any individual, partnership,
corporation, or association, or any director, officer or employee
thereof, violating any of the provisions of this section shall be
deemed guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction thereof, shall
be fined not more than $10,000 or, if a natural person, may, in
addition to such fine, be imprisoned for a term not exceeding ten
years. Each day that any such violation continues shall be deemed
a separate offense.
(b)(1) In the event of natural calamity, riot, insurrection, war,
or other emergency conditions occurring in any State whether caused
by acts of nature or of man, the Comptroller of the Currency may
designate by proclamation any day a legal holiday for the national
banking associations located in that State. In the event that the
emergency conditions affect only part of a State, the Comptroller
of the Currency may designate the part so affected and may proclaim
a legal holiday for the national banking associations located in
that affected part. In the event that a State or a State official
authorized by law designates any day as a legal holiday for
ceremonial or emergency reasons, for the State or any part thereof,
that same day shall be a legal holiday for all national banking
associations or their offices located in that State or the part so
affected. A national banking association or its affected offices
may close or remain open on such a State-designated holiday unless
the Comptroller of the Currency by written order directs otherwise.
(2) For the purpose of this subsection, the term ''State'' means
any of the several States, the District of Columbia, the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands, or any other territory or possession of the United
States.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title I, Sec. 4, 48 Stat. 2; Pub. L. 96-221,
title VII, Sec. 705, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat. 187; Pub. L. 97-320,
title IV, Sec. 407, Oct. 15, 1982, 96 Stat. 1513; Pub. L. 97-457,
Sec. 21, Jan. 12, 1983, 96 Stat. 2509.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1983 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97-457 inserted ''a State or''
before ''a State official''.
1982 - Subsec. (b)(1). Pub. L. 97-320 substituted ''In the event
that a State official authorized by law designates any day as a
legal holiday for ceremonial or emergency reasons, for the State or
any part thereof, that same day shall be a legal holiday for all
national banking associations or their offices located in that
State or the part so affected. A national banking association or
its affected offices may close or remain open on such a
State-designated holiday unless the Comptroller of the Currency by
written order directs otherwise'' for ''In the event that a State
or a State official authorized by law designates any day as a legal
holiday for either emergency or ceremonial reasons for all banks
chartered by that State to do business within that State, that same
day shall be a legal holiday for all national banking associations
chartered to do business within that State unless the Comptroller
of the Currency shall by written order permit all national banking
associations located in that State to remain open''.
1980 - Pub. L. 96-221 designated existing provisions as subsec.
(a) and added subsec. (b).
-TRANS-
TERMINATION OF TRUST TERRITORY OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS
For termination of Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, see
note set out preceding section 1681 of Title 48, Territories and
Insular Possessions.
-EXEC-
BANK HOLIDAY OF 1933
Proclamations Nos. 2039, 2040, and 2070, dated Mar. 6, 1933, Mar.
9, 1933, and Dec. 30, 1933, respectively, related to the temporary
suspension of banking transactions beginning Mar. 6, 1933, by all
member banks of the Federal Reserve System.
Pursuant to Ex. Ord. No. 6073, dated March 10, 1933, formerly set
out as a note under this section, the Secretary of the Treasury by
order of March 11, 1933, authorized all Federal reserve banks and
nonmember banks and other banking institutions to resume their
normal and usual banking functions on March 13, 1933, subject to
certain restrictions. See 31 C.F.R. 121.20-121.22. The fifth and
sixth paragraphs of Ex. Ord. No. 6073, relating to the removal of
gold coin, gold bullion, or gold certificates from the United
States by corporations, etc., including banking institutions and
authorization of banking institutions to pay out gold coin, gold
bullion or gold certificates, were revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11825,
Dec. 31, 1974, 40 F.R. 1003, set out as a note under section 95a of
this title.
PROC. NO. 2725. EXEMPTION OF MEMBER BANKS OF FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM
Proc. No. 2725, Apr. 7, 1947, 12 F.R. 2343, 61 Stat. 1062,
provided:
NOW, THEREFORE, I, HARRY S. TRUMAN, President of the United
States of America, acting under and by virtue of the authority
vested in me by section 5(b) of the Trading with the Enemy Act of
October 6, 1917, 40 Stat. 415, as amended (section 5(b) of Appendix
to Title 50), and section 4 of the act of March 9, 1933, 48 Stat. 2
(this section) and by virtue of all other authority vested in me,
do hereby, in the interest of the internal management of the
Government, proclaim, order, direct, and declare that the said
proclamations of March 6 and March 9, 1933, and Executive order of
March 10, 1933, as amended, are further amended to exclude from
their scope banking institutions which are members of the Federal
Reserve System: Provided, however, That no banking institution
shall pay out any gold coin, gold bullion, or gold certificates,
except as authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury, or allow the
withdrawal of any currency for hoarding.
This proclamation shall become effective as of March 15, 1947.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 212, 213 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 95a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 95a. Regulation of transactions in foreign exchange of gold
and silver; property transfers; vested interests, enforcement
and penalties
-STATUTE-
(1) During the time of war, the President may, through any agency
that he may designate, and under such rules and regulations as he
may prescribe, by means of instructions, licenses, or otherwise -
(A) investigate, regulate, or prohibit, any transactions in
foreign exchange, transfers of credit or payments between, by,
through, or to any banking institution, and the importing,
exporting, hoarding, melting, or earmarking of gold or silver
coin or bullion, currency or securities, and
(B) investigate, regulate, direct and compel, nullify, void,
prevent or prohibit, any acquisition holding, withholding, use,
transfer, withdrawal, transportation, importation or exportation
of, or dealing in, or exercising any right, power, or privilege
with respect to, or transactions involving, any property in which
any foreign country or a national thereof has any interest,
by any person, or with respect to any property, subject to the
jurisdiction of the United States; and any property or interest of
any foreign country or national thereof shall vest, when, as, and
upon the terms, directed by the President, in such agency or person
as may be designated from time to time by the President, and upon
such terms and conditions as the President may prescribe such
interest or property shall be held, used, administered, liquidated,
sold, or otherwise dealt with in the interest of and for the
benefit of the United States, and such designated agency or person
may perform any and all acts incident to the accomplishment or
furtherance of these purposes; and the President shall, in the
manner hereinabove provided, require any person to keep a full
record of, and to furnish under oath, in the form of reports or
otherwise, complete information relative to any act or transaction
referred to in this subdivision either before, during, or after the
completion thereof, or relative to any interest in foreign
property, or relative to any property in which any foreign country
or any national thereof has or has had any interest, or as may be
otherwise necessary to enforce the provisions of this subdivision,
and in any case in which a report could be required, the President
may, in the manner hereinabove provided, require the production, or
if necessary to the national security or defense, the seizure, of
any books of account, records, contracts, letters, memoranda, or
other papers, in the custody or control of such person.
(2) Any payment, conveyance, transfer, assignment, or delivery of
property or interest therein, made to or for the account of the
United States, or as otherwise directed, pursuant to this section
or any rule, regulation, instruction, or direction issued hereunder
shall to the extent thereof be a full acquittance and discharge for
all purposes of the obligation of the person making the same; and
no person shall be held liable in any court for or in respect to
anything done or omitted in good faith in connection with the
administration of, or in pursuance of and in reliance on, this
section, or any rule, regulation, instruction, or direction issued
hereunder.
(3) As used in this subdivision the term ''United States'' means
the United States and any place subject to the jurisdiction
thereof; Provided, however, That the foregoing shall not be
construed as a limitation upon the power of the President, which is
hereby conferred, to prescribe from time to time, definitions, not
inconsistent with the purposes of this subdivision, for any or all
of the terms used in this subdivision. As used in this subdivision
the term ''person'' means an individual, partnership, association,
or corporation.
(4) The authority granted to the President by this section does
not include the authority to regulate or prohibit, directly or
indirectly, the importation from any country, or the exportation to
any country, whether commercial or otherwise, regardless of format
or medium of transmission, of any information or informational
materials, including but not limited to, publications, films,
posters, phonograph records, photographs, microfilms, microfiche,
tapes, compact disks, CD ROMs, artworks, and news wire feeds. The
exports exempted from regulation or prohibition by this paragraph
do not include those which are otherwise controlled for export
under section 2404 of title 50, Appendix, or under section 2405 of
title 50, Appendix to the extent that such controls promote the
nonproliferation or antiterrorism policies of the United States, or
with respect to which acts are prohibited by chapter 37 of title
18.
-SOURCE-
(Oct. 6, 1917, ch. 106, Sec. 5(b), 40 Stat. 415; Sept. 24, 1918,
ch. 176, Sec. 5, 40 Stat. 966; Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title I, Sec.
2, 48 Stat. 1; May 7, 1940, ch. 185, Sec. 1, 54 Stat. 179; Dec. 18,
1941, ch. 593, title III, Sec. 301, 55 Stat. 839; Proc. No. 2695,
eff. July 4, 1946, 11 F.R. 7517, 69 Stat. 1352; Pub. L. 95-223,
title I, Sec. 101(a), 102, 103(b), Dec. 28, 1977, 91 Stat. 1625,
1626; Pub. L. 100-418, title II, Sec. 2502(a)(1), Aug. 23, 1988,
102 Stat. 1371; Pub. L. 103-236, title V, Sec. 525(b)(1), Apr. 30,
1994, 108 Stat. 474.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section 5(b) of act Oct. 6, 1917, is part of the Trading with the
Enemy Act and is also classified to section 5(b) of the Appendix to
Title 50, War and National Defense.
Words '', including the Philippine Islands, and the several
courts of first instance of the Commonwealth of the Philippine
Islands shall have jurisdiction in all cases, civil or criminal,
arising under this section in the Philippine Islands and concurrent
jurisdiction with the district courts of the United States of all
cases, civil or criminal, arising upon the high seas'' following
''to the jurisdiction thereof:'' in subsec. (3) were omitted on
authority of 1946 Proc. No. 2695, which granted the Philippine
Islands independence, and which was issued pursuant to section 1394
of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse. Proc. No. 2695 is
set out as a note under section 1394 of Title 22.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Par. (4). Pub. L. 103-236 amended par. (4) generally.
Prior to amendment, par. (4) read as follows: ''The authority
granted to the President in this section does not include the
authority to regulate or prohibit, directly or indirectly, the
importation from any country, or the exportation to any country,
whether commercial or otherwise, of publications, films, posters,
phonograph records, photographs, microfilms, microfiche, tapes, or
other informational materials, which are not otherwise controlled
for export under section 2404 of title 50, Appendix, or with
respect to which no acts are prohibited by chapter 37 of title
18.''
1988 - Par. (4). Pub. L. 100-418 added par. (4).
1977 - Par. (1). Pub. L. 95-223, Sec. 101(a), 102, substituted
''During the time of war, the President may, through any agency
that he may designate, and under such rules and regulations'' for
''During the time of war or during any other period of national
emergency declared by the President, the President may, through any
agency, that he may designate, or otherwise, and under such rules
and regulations'' in the provisions preceding subpar. (A), and, in
the provisions following subpar. (B), struck out ''; and the
President may, in the manner hereinabove provided, take other and
further measures not inconsistent herewith for the enforcement of
the subdivision'' after ''control of such person''.
Par. (3). Pub. L. 95-223, Sec. 103(b), struck out provisions that
whoever willfully violated any of the provisions of this
subdivision or of any license, order, rule, or regulation issued
thereunder, could be fined not more than $10,000, or, if a natural
person, could be imprisoned for not more than ten years, or both;
and that any officer, director, or agent of any corporation who
knowingly participated in that violation could be punished by a
like fine, imprisonment, or both.
1941 - Act Dec. 18, 1941, broadened the powers of the President
to take, administer, control, use and liquidate foreign-owned
property and added a flexibility of control which enabled the
President and the agencies designated by him to cope with the
problems surrounding alien property, its ownership or control, on
the basis of the particular facts in each case.
1940 - Act May 7, 1940, included dealings in evidences of
indebtedness or ownership of property in which foreign states,
nationals or political subdivisions thereof have an interest.
1933 - Act Mar. 9, 1933, amended section generally by, among
other things, extending the President's power to any time of war or
national emergency, by permitting regulations to be issued by any
agency designated by the President, by providing for the furnishing
under oath of complete information relative to transactions under
this section and by placing sanctions on violations to the extent
of a $10,000 fine or ten years imprisonment.
1918 - Act Sept. 24, 1918, inserted provisions relating to the
hoarding or melting of gold or silver coin or bullion or currency
and to the regulation of transactions in bonds or certificates of
indebtedness.
-TRANS-
DELEGATION OF POWERS
Delegation of President's powers under this section to Secretary
of the Treasury and Alien Property Custodian; and transfer of Alien
Property Custodian's powers to Attorney General, see Ex. Ord. Nos.
9095 and 9788, set out as notes under section 6 of the Appendix to
Title 50, War and National Defense.
All powers conferred upon President by this section delegated to
Secretary of the Treasury by Memorandum of the President dated Feb.
12, 1942, 7 F.R. 1409.
-MISC5-
ADMINISTRATION OF EXPORT ADMINISTRATION ACT
For provisions relating to the administration of the Export
Administration Act, see Executive Orders set out as notes under
section 2403 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
LIMITATION ON EXERCISE OF EMERGENCY AUTHORITIES
Section 525(b)(2) of Pub. L. 103-236 provided that: ''The
authorities conferred upon the President by section 5(b) of the
Trading With the Enemy Act (this section), which were being
exercised with respect to a country on July 1, 1977, as a result of
a national emergency declared by the President before such date,
and are being exercised on the date of the enactment of this Act
(Apr. 30, 1994), do not include the authority to regulate or
prohibit, directly or indirectly, any activity which, under section
5(b)(4) of the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended by paragraph
(1) of this subsection, may not be regulated or prohibited.''
Section 2502(a)(2) of Pub. L. 100-418 provided that: ''The
authorities conferred upon the President by section 5(b) of the
Trading With the Enemy Act (this section), which were being
exercised with respect to a country on July 1, 1977, as a result of
a national emergency declared by the President before such date,
and are being exercised on the date of the enactment of this Act
(Aug. 23, 1988), do not include the authority to regulate or
prohibit, directly or indirectly, any activity which, under section
5(b)(4) of the Trading With the Enemy Act, as added by paragraph
(1) of this subsection, may not be regulated or prohibited.''
EXTENSION AND TERMINATION OF NATIONAL EMERGENCY POWERS UNDER THE
TRADING WITH THE ENEMY ACT
Section 101(b), (c) of Pub. L. 95-223 provided that:
''(b) Notwithstanding the amendment made by subsection (a)
(amending par. (1) of this section), the authorities conferred upon
the President by section 5(b) of the Trading With the Enemy Act
(this section), which were being exercised with respect to a
country on July 1, 1977, as a result of a national emergency
declared by the President before such date, may continue to be
exercised with respect to such country, except that, unless
extended, the exercise of such authorities shall terminate (subject
to the savings provisions of the second sentence of section 101(a)
of the National Emergencies Act (section 1601(a) of Title 50, War
and National Defense)) at the end of the two-year period beginning
on the date of enactment of the National Emergencies Act (Sept 14,
1976). The President may extend the exercise of such authorities
for one-year periods upon a determination for each such extension
that the exercise of such authorities with respect to such country
for another year is in the national interest of the United States.
''(c) The termination and extension provisions of subsection (b)
of this section supersede the provisions of section 101(a) (section
1601(a) of Title 50, War and National Defense) and of title II
(section 1621 et seq. of Title 50) of the National Emergencies Act
to the extent that the provisions of subsection (b) of this section
are inconsistent with those provisions.''
REMOVAL OF LIMITATIONS AND RESTRAINTS IN FINANCING EXPORTS
Pub. L. 92-126, Sec. 2, Aug. 17, 1971, 85 Stat. 346, provided
that: ''In connection with section 2 of Executive Order Number
11387, dated January 1, 1968 (formerly set out below) and any rule,
regulation, or guideline established by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System in connection with a voluntary foreign
credit restraint program, there shall be no limitation or
restraint, or suggestion that there be a limitation or restraint,
on the part of any bank or financial institution in connection with
the extension of credit for the purpose of financing exports of the
United States.''
WORLD WAR II ALIEN PROPERTY CUSTODIAN
Reestablishment and termination of Office of Alien Property
Custodian during World War II, see notes under section 6 of the
Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense.
DIPLOMATIC PROPERTY OF GERMANY AND JAPAN
Ex. Ord. No. 9760, July 24, 1946, 11 F.R. 7999, set out in notes
to section 6 of Title 50, Appendix, War and National Defense,
supersedes conflicting provisions of Ex. Ord. No. 8389, set out
below.
-EXEC-
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 6260
Ex. Ord. No. 6260, Aug. 28, 1933, as amended by Ex. Ord. No.
6359, Oct. 25, 1933; Ex. Ord. No. 6556, Jan. 12, 1934; Ex. Ord. No.
6560, Jan. 15, 1934; Ex. Ord. No. 10896, Nov. 29, 1960, 25 F.R.
12281; Ex. Ord. No. 10905, Jan. 14, 1961, 26 F.R. 321; Ex. Ord. No.
11037, July 20, 1962, 27 F.R. 6967, formerly set out as a note
under this section, which related to the hoarding, export, and
earmarking of gold coin, bullion, or currency, and transactions in
foreign exchange, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No. 11825, Dec. 31, 1974,
40 F.R. 1003, set out below.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 6560
Ex. Ord. No. 6560, Jan. 15, 1934, as amended by Ex. Ord. No.
8389. April 10, 1940, 6 p.m. E. S. T., 5 F.R. 1400; Ex. Ord. No.
8405, May 10, 1940, 7:55 a.m. E. S. T., 5 F.R. 1677; Ex. Ord. No.
8493, July 25, 1940, 5 F.R. 2667, formerly set out as a note under
this section, which declared the existence of a national emergency
and prescribed regulations for the investigation, regulation, and
prohibition of transactions in foreign exchange, transfers of
credit between or payments by banking institutions, and export of
currency or silver coin by persons within the United States or
subject to its jurisdiction, was based on authority of section 95a
of this title (act Oct. 6, 1917, ch. 106, Sec. 5(b), 40 Stat. 415,
comprising part of the Trading With the Enemy Act) which was
amended in 1977 to remove the powers of the President to regulate
transactions during a period of national emergency other than a
war.
EX. ORD. NO. 8389. REGULATING TRANSACTIONS IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE AND
FOREIGN-OWNED PROPERTY, PROVIDING FOR THE REPORTING OF ALL
FOREIGN-OWNED PROPERTY
Ex. Ord. No. 8389, Apr. 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 1400, as amended by Ex.
Ord. No. 8405, May 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 1677; Ex. Ord. No. 8446, June
17, 1940, 5 F.R. 2279; Ex. Ord. No. 8484, July 15, 1940, 5 F.R.
2586; Ex. Ord. No. 8493, July 25, 1940, 5 F.R. 2667; Ex. Ord. No.
8565, Oct. 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 4062; Ex. Ord. No. 8701, Mar. 4, 1941,
6 F.R. 1285; Ex. Ord. No. 8711, Mar. 13, 1941, 6 F.R. 1443; Ex.
Ord. No. 8721, Mar. 24, 1941, 6 F.R. 1622; Ex. Ord. No. 8746, Apr.
28, 1941, 6 F.R. 2187; Ex. Ord. No. 8785, June 14, 1941, 6 F.R.
2897; Ex. Ord. No. 8832, July 26, 1941, 6 F.R. 3715; Ex. Ord. No.
8963, Dec. 9, 1941, 6 F.R. 6348; Ex. Ord. No. 8998, Dec. 26, 1941,
6 F.R. 6787, provided:
SECTION 1. CERTAIN FOREIGN BANKING TRANSACTIONS PROHIBITED
All of the following transactions are prohibited, except as
specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury by means
of regulations, rulings, instructions, licenses, or otherwise, if
(i) such transactions are by, or on behalf of, or pursuant to the
direction of any foreign country designated in this Order, or any
national thereof, or (ii) such transactions involve property in
which any foreign country designated in this Order, or any national
thereof, has at any time on or since the effective date of this
Order had any interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or
indirect:
A. All transfers of credit between any banking institutions
within the United States; and all transfers of credit between any
banking institution within the United States and any banking
institution outside the United States (including any principal,
agent, home office, branch, or correspondent outside the United
States, of a banking institution within the United States);
B. All payments by or to any banking institution within the
United States;
C. All transactions in foreign exchange by any person within the
United States;
D. The export or withdrawal from the United States, or the
earmarking of gold or silver coin or bullion or currency by any
person within the United States;
E. All transfers, withdrawals or exportations of, or dealings in,
any evidences of indebtedness or evidences of ownership of property
by any person within the United States; and
F. Any transaction for the purpose or which has the effect of
evading or avoiding the foregoing prohibitions.
SECTION 2. DEALINGS IN FOREIGN SECURITIES; REGULATIONS
A. All of the following transactions are prohibited, except as
specifically authorized by the Secretary of the Treasury by means
of regulations, rulings, instructions, licenses, or otherwise:
(1) The acquisition, disposition or transfer of, or other dealing
in, or with respect to, any security or evidence thereof on which
there is stamped or imprinted, or to which there is affixed or
otherwise attached, a tax stamp or other stamp of a foreign country
designated in this Order or a notarial or similar seal which by its
contents indicates that it was stamped, imprinted, affixed or
attached within such foreign country, or where the attendant
circumstances disclose or indicate that such stamp or seal may, at
any time, have been stamped, imprinted, affixed or attached
thereto; and
(2) The acquisition by, or transfer to, any person within the
United States of any interest in any security or evidence thereof
if the attendant circumstances disclose or indicate that the
security or evidence thereof is not physically situated within the
United States.
B. The Secretary of the Treasury may investigate, regulate, or
prohibit under such regulations, rulings, or instructions as he may
prescribe, by means of licenses or otherwise, the sending, mailing,
importing or otherwise bringing, directly or indirectly, into the
United States, from any foreign country, of any securities or
evidences thereof or the receiving or holding in the United States
of any securities or evidences thereof so brought into the United
States.
SECTION 3. FOREIGN COUNTRIES AFFECTED; EFFECTIVE DATE OF
PROHIBITIONS
The term ''foreign country designated in this Order'' means a
foreign country included in the following schedule, and the term
''effective date of this Order'' means with respect to any such
foreign country, or any national thereof, the date specified in the
following schedule:
(a) April 8, 1940 -
Norway and
Denmark;
(b) May 10, 1940 -
The Netherlands,
Belgium and
Luxembourg;
(c) June 17, 1940 -
France (including Monaco);
(d) July 10, 1940 -
Latvia, Estonia and
Lithuania;
(e) October 9, 1940 -
Rumania;
(f) March 4, 1941 -
Bulgaria;
(g) March 13, 1941 -
Hungary;
(h) March 24, 1941 -
Yugoslavia;
(i) April 28, 1941 -
Greece; and
(j) June 14, 1941 -
Albania,
Andorra,
Austria,
Czechoslovakia,
Danzig,
Finland,
Germany,
Italy,
Liechtenstein,
Poland,
Portugal,
San Marino,
Spain,
Sweden,
Switzerland, and
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics;
(k) June 14, 1941 -
China and
Japan;
(l) June 14, 1941 -
Thailand;
(m) June 14, 1941 -
Hong Kong.
The ''effective date of this Order'' with respect to any foreign
country not designated in this Order shall be deemed to be June 14,
1941.
SECTION 4. RECORDS OF FOREIGN BANKING AND SECURITY TRANSACTIONS;
INVESTIGATIONS
A. The Secretary of the Treasury and/or the Attorney General may
require, by means of regulations, rulings, instructions, or
otherwise, any person to keep a full record of, and to furnish
under oath, in the form of reports or otherwise, from time to time
and at any time or times, complete information relative to, any
transaction referred to in section 5(b) of the Act of October 6,
1917 (40 Stat. 415) (this section), as amended, or relative to any
property in which any foreign country or any national thereof has
any interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect,
including the production of any books of account, contracts,
letters, or other papers, in connection therewith, in the custody
or control of such person, either before or after such transaction
is completed; and the Secretary of the Treasury and/or the Attorney
General may, through any agency, investigate any such transaction
or act, or any violation of the provisions of this Order.
B. Every person engaging in any of the transactions referred to
in sections 1 and 2 of this Order shall keep a full record of each
such transaction engaged in by him, regardless of whether such
transaction is effected pursuant to license or otherwise, and such
record shall be available for examination for at least one year
after the date of such transaction.
SECTION 5. DEFINITIONS
A. As used in the first paragraph of section 1 of this Order
''transactions (which) involve property in which any foreign
country designated in this Order, or any national thereof, has * *
* any interest of any nature whatsoever, direct or indirect,''
shall include but not by way of limitation (i) any payment or
transfer to any such foreign country or national thereof, (ii) any
export or withdrawal from the United States to such foreign
country, and (iii) any transfer of credit, or payment of an
obligation, expressed in terms of the currency of such foreign
country.
B. The term ''United States'' means the United States and any
place subject to the jurisdiction thereof, and the term
''continental United States'' means the States of the United
States, the District of Columbia, and the Territory of Alaska:
Provided, however, That for the purposes of this Order the term
''United States'' shall not be deemed to include any territory
included within the term ''foreign country'' as defined in
paragraph D of this section.
C. The term ''person'' means an individual, partnership,
association, corporation, or other organization.
D. The term ''foreign country'' shall include, but not by way of
limitation,
(i) The state and the government thereof on the effective date of
this Order as well as any political subdivision, agency, or
instrumentality thereof or any territory, dependency, colony,
protectorate, mandate, dominion, possession or place subject to the
jurisdiction thereof.
(ii) Any other government (including any political subdivision,
agency, or instrumentality thereof) to the extent and only to the
extent that such government exercises or claims to exercise de jure
or de facto sovereignty over the area which on such effective date
constituted such foreign country, and
(iii) Any territory which on or since the effective date of this
Order is controlled or occupied by the military, naval or police
forces or other authority of such foreign country;
(iv) Any person to the extent that such person is, or has been,
or to the extent that there is reasonable cause to believe that
such person is, or has been, since such effective date, acting or
purporting to act directly or indirectly for the benefit or on
behalf of any of the foregoing. Hong Kong shall be deemed to be a
foreign country within the meaning of this subdivision.
E. The term ''national'' shall include,
(i) Any person who has been domiciled in, or a subject, citizen
or resident of a foreign country at any time on or since the
effective date of this Order,
(ii) Any partnership, association, corporation or other
organization, organized under the laws of, or which on or since the
effective date of this Order had or has had its principal place of
business in such foreign country, or which on or since such
effective date was or has been controlled by, or a substantial part
of the stock, shares, bonds, debentures, notes, drafts, or other
securities or obligations of which, was or has been owned or
controlled by, directly or indirectly, such foreign country and/or
one or more nationals thereof as herein defined.
(iii) Any person to the extent that such person is, or has been,
since such effective date, acting or purporting to act directly or
indirectly for the benefit or on behalf of any national of such
foreign country, and
(iv) Any other person who there is reasonable cause to believe is
a ''national'' as herein defined.
In any case in which by virtue of the foregoing definition a person
is a national of more than one foreign country, such person shall
be deemed to be a national of each such foreign country. In any
case in which the combined interests of two or more foreign
countries designated in this Order and/or nationals thereof are
sufficient in the aggregate to constitute, within the meaning of
the foregoing, control of 25 per centum or more of the stock,
shares, bonds, debentures, notes, drafts, or other securities or
obligations of a partnership, association, corporation or other
organization, but such control or a substantial part of such stock,
shares, bonds, debentures, notes, drafts, or other securities or
obligations is not held by any one such foreign country and/or
national thereof, such partnership, association, corporation or
other organization shall be deemed to be a national of each of such
foreign countries. The Secretary of the Treasury shall have full
power to determine that any person is or shall be deemed to be a
''national'' within the meaning of this definition, and the foreign
country of which such person is or shall be deemed to be a
national. Without limitation of the foregoing, the term
''national'' shall also include any other person who is determined
by the Secretary of the Treasury to be, or to have been, since such
effective date, acting or purporting to act directly or indirectly
for the benefit or under the direction of a foreign country
designated in this Order or national thereof, as herein defined.
F. The term ''banking institution'' as used in this Order shall
include any person engaged primarily or incidentally in the
business of banking, of granting or transferring credits, or of
purchasing or selling foreign exchange or procuring purchasers and
sellers thereof, as principal or agent, or any person holding
credits for others as a direct or incidental part of his business,
or brokers, and each principal, agent, home office, branch or
correspondent of any person so engaged shall be regarded as a
separate ''banking institution''.
G. The term ''this Order'', as used herein, shall mean Executive
Order No. 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended.
SECTION 6. CONSTRUCTION WITH EX. ORD. NO. 6560; SAVING CLAUSE
Executive Order No. 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended, shall no
longer be deemed to be an amendment to or a part of Executive Order
No. 6560 of January 15, 1934. Executive Order No. 6560 of January
15, 1934, and the Regulations of November 12, 1934, are hereby
modified in so far as they are inconsistent with the provisions of
this Order, and except as so modified, continue in full force and
effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to revoke any license,
ruling, or instruction now in effect and issued pursuant to
Executive Order No. 6560 of January 15, 1934, as amended, or
pursuant to this Order; provided, however, that all such licenses,
rulings, or instructions shall be subject to the provisions
hereof. Any amendment, modification or revocation by or pursuant
to the provisions of this Order of any orders, regulations,
rulings, instructions or licenses shall not affect any act done, or
any suit or proceeding had or commenced in any civil or criminal
case prior to such amendment, modification or revocation, and all
penalties, forfeitures and liabilities under any such orders,
regulations, rulings, instructions or licenses shall continue and
may be enforced as if such amendment, modification or revocation
had not been made.
SECTION 7. REGULATIONS BY SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY
Without limitation as to any other powers or authority of the
Secretary of the Treasury or the Attorney General under any other
provision of this Order, the Secretary of the Treasury is
authorized and empowered to prescribe from time to time
regulations, rulings, and instructions to carry out the purposes of
this Order and to provide therein or otherwise the conditions under
which licenses may be granted by or through such officers or
agencies as the Secretary of the Treasury may designate, and the
decision of the Secretary with respect to the granting, denial or
other disposition of an application or license shall be final.
SECTION 8. OFFENSES AND PENALTIES UNDER ACT OCT. 6, 1917
Section 5(b) of the Act of October 6, 1917, as amended, provides
in part:
''* * * Whoever willfully violates any of the provisions of this
subdivision or of any license, order, rule or regulation issued
thereunder, shall, upon conviction, be fined not more than $10,000,
or, if a natural person, may be imprisoned for not more than ten
years, or both; and any officer, director, or agent of any
corporation who knowingly participates in such violation may be
punished by a like fine, imprisonment, or both.''
SECTION 9. AMENDMENTS OF ORDER AND REGULATIONS PRESCRIBED
THEREUNDER
This Order and any regulations, rulings, licenses or instructions
issued hereunder may be amended, modified or revoked at any time.
(Ex. Ord. No. 8389 and the regulations and general rulings issued
thereunder by the Secretary of the Treasury were approved and
confirmed by Res. May 7, 1940, ch. 185, Sec. 2, 54 Stat. 179.)
(Ex. Ord. No. 9760, July 24, 1946, 11 F.R. 7999, 50 U.S.C. App.,
Sec. 6 note, relating to diplomatic property of Germany and Japan
in the United States, supersedes conflicting provisions of Ex. Ord.
No. 8389, set out above.)
EXECUTIVE ORDERS NOS. 8446, 8484, 8565, 8701, 8711, 8721, 8746
The application of Ex. Ord. No. 6560, Sec. 9 to 14, to French
property by Ex. Ord. No. 8446, 5 F.R. 2279; to Latvian, Estonian
and Lithuanian property by Ex. Ord. No. 8484, 5 F.R. 2586; to
Rumanian property by Ex. Ord. No. 8565, 5 F.R. 4062; to Bulgarian
property by Ex. Ord. No. 8701, 6 F.R. 1285; to Hungarian property
by Ex. Ord. No. 8711, 6 F.R. 1443; to Yugoslav property by Ex. Ord.
No. 8721, 6 F.R. 1622; to Greek property by Ex. Ord. No. 8746, 6
F.R. 2187, was incorporated in the provisions of Ex. Ord. No. 8389
as amended by Ex. Ord. No. 8785, set out above.
EX. ORD. NO. 9747. FUNCTIONS OF ALIEN PROPERTY CUSTODIAN AND
TREASURY DEPARTMENT CONTINUED IN PHILIPPINES
Ex. Ord. No. 9747, July 3, 1946, 11 F.R. 7518, provided:
The terms and provisions of Executive Order 9095 of March 11,
1942, as amended (formerly set out as a note under section 6 of the
Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense), and Executive
Order No. 8389 of April 10, 1940, as amended (set out above), shall
continue in force in the Philippines after July 4, 1946, and all
powers and authority delegated by the said Executive Orders to the
Alien Property Custodian and to the Secretary of the Treasury,
respectively, shall after July 4, 1946, continue to be exercised in
the Philippines by the said officers, respectively, as therein
provided.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 10348
Ex. Ord. No. 10348, Apr. 26, 1952, 17 F.R. 3769, which provided
that Ex. Ord. No. 8389, Apr. 10, 1940, 5 F.R. 1400, as amended, set
out above, and all delegations, designations, regulations, rulings,
instructions, and licenses issued under such order, should be
continued in force according to their terms for the duration of the
period of the national emergency proclaimed by Proclamation No.
2914 of December 16, 1950, set out as a note preceding section 1 of
the Appendix to Title 50, War and National Defense, was superseded
by Ex. Ord. No. 11281, May 13, 1966, 31 F.R. 7215, set out as a
note under section 6 of the Appendix to Title 50.
EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 11387
Ex. Ord. No. 11387, Jan. 1, 1968, 33 F.R. 47, which prohibited
transfers of capital to or within a foreign country or to any
national thereof outside the United States by a person subject to
the jurisdiction of the United States who owns a 10 percent
interest in a foreign business venture, was revoked by Ex. Ord. No.
12553, Feb. 25, 1986, 51 F.R. 7237.
EX. ORD. NO. 11825. REVOCATION OF EXECUTIVE ORDERS PERTAINING TO
REGULATION OF ACQUISITION OF, HOLDING OF, OR OTHER TRANSACTIONS IN
GOLD
Ex. Ord. No. 11825, Dec. 31, 1974, 40 F.R. 1003, provided:
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1 of the Act
of August 8, 1950, 64 Stat. 419, and section 5(b) of the Act of
October 6, 1917, as amended (12 U.S.C. 95a) (this section), and as
President of the United States, and in view of the provisions of
section 3 of Public Law 93-110, 87 Stat. 352, as amended by section
2 of Public Law 93-373, 88 Stat. 445, (set out as notes under
section 442 of former Title 31, Money and Finance), it is ordered
as follows:
Section 1. Executive Order No. 6260 of August 28, 1933, as
amended by Executive Order No. 6359 of October 25, 1933, Executive
Order No. 6556 of January 12, 1934, Executive Order No. 6560 of
January 15, 1934, Executive Order No. 10896 of November 29, 1960,
Executive Order No. 10905 of January 14, 1961, and Executive Order
No. 11037 of July 20, 1962; the fifth and sixth paragraphs of
Executive Order No. 6073, March 10, 1933 (formerly set out as a
note under section 95 of this title); sections 3 and 4 of Executive
Order No. 6359 of October 25, 1933 (formerly set out as a note
under section 248 of this title); and paragraph 2(d) of Executive
Order No. 10289 of September 17, 1951 (set out as a note under
section 301 of Title 3, The President), are hereby revoked.
Section 2. The revocation, in whole or in part, of such prior
Executive orders relating to regulation on the acquisition of,
holding of, or other transactions in gold shall not affect any act
completed, or any right accruing or accrued, or any suit or
proceeding finished or started in any civil or criminal cause prior
to the revocation, but all such liabilities, penalties, and
forfeitures under the Executive orders shall continue and may be
enforced in the same manner as if the revocation had not been made.
This order shall become effective on December 31, 1974.
Gerald R. Ford.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 95b, 212, 3409, 3413 of
this title; title 22 sections 6004, 6005; title 31 section 5315.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 95b 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IV - REGULATION OF THE BANKING BUSINESS; POWERS AND
DUTIES OF NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 95b. Ratification of acts of President and Secretary of the
Treasury under section 95a
-STATUTE-
The actions, regulations, rules, licenses, orders and
proclamations heretofore or hereafter taken, promulgated, made, or
issued by the President of the United States or the Secretary of
the Treasury since March 4, 1933, pursuant to the authority
conferred by section 95a of this title, are approved and confirmed.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title I, Sec. 1, 48 Stat. 1.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
This section is also set out as a note under section 5 of Title
50, Appendix, War and National Defense.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 212 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER V - OBTAINING AND ISSUING CIRCULATING
NOTES 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER V - OBTAINING AND ISSUING CIRCULATING NOTES
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER V - OBTAINING AND ISSUING CIRCULATING NOTES
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 101 to 110 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER V - OBTAINING AND ISSUING CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 101 to 110. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(e)(5)-(11), (f)(2)-(4)(A), (g)(9), Sept. 23, 1994, 108
Stat. 2292, 2294
-MISC1-
Section 101, acts Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, Sec. 12, 31 Stat. 49;
Oct. 5, 1917, ch. 74, Sec. 2, 40 Stat. 342, provided for delivery
of circulating notes in blank to national banking associations
depositing bonds with Treasurer of United States.
Section 101a, R.S. Sec. 5159; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 17, 38
Stat. 268; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, Sec. 9, 40 Stat. 239, related to
deposit of bonds to secure circulating notes.
Section 102, R.S. Sec. 5158, construed term ''United States
bonds'' as including registered bonds.
Section 103, act Oct. 5, 1917, ch. 74, Sec. 3, 40 Stat. 342,
related to denominations of notes and limitation on amount of $1
and $2 notes.
Section 104, R.S. Sec. 5172; May 30, 1908, ch. 229, Sec. 11, 35
Stat. 551; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 27, 38 Stat. 274; Aug. 4,
1914, ch. 225, 38 Stat. 682; Mar. 3, 1919, ch. 101, Sec. 4, 40
Stat. 1315, related to printing and form of circulating notes.
Section 105, act June 20, 1874, ch. 343, Sec. 5, 18 Stat. 124,
provided that Comptroller of Currency was to print charter numbers
of association on national bank notes.
Section 106, act Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 130, Sec. 1, 18 Stat. 372,
provided for printing national-bank notes on distinctive paper
adopted by Secretary of the Treasury.
Section 107, R.S. Sec. 5173, related to custody of plates and
dies procured for printing notes and payment of expenses.
Section 108, R.S. Sec. 5174; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69, Sec. 1, 19
Stat. 252, related to examination of plates, dies, and other
material from which national-bank circulation was printed, and
destruction of obsolete material.
Section 109, R.S. Sec. 5182; Jan. 13, 1920, ch. 38, 41 Stat. 387,
provided that banks could issue and circulate notes the same as
money if signed by officers in manner of obligatory promissory
notes payable on demand at place of business, and specified demands
for which such notes were to be received.
Section 110, R.S. Sec. 5183; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, Sec. 1, 18
Stat. 320, prohibited banks from issuing unauthorized notes.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF
CIRCULATING NOTES 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 121 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 121. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(f)(4)(B),
Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
-MISC1-
Section, acts June 20, 1874, ch. 343, Sec. 3, 18 Stat. 123; Dec.
23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 20, 38 Stat. 271; May 29, 1920, ch. 214, Sec.
1, 41 Stat. 654, provided that every national banking association
was to establish reserve in Treasury for redemption of notes by
Treasurer of United States, forward notes unfit for use to
Treasurer for disposition, and reimburse expenses of Treasury.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 121a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 121a. Redemption of notes unidentifiable as to bank of issue
-STATUTE-
Whenever any Federal Reserve bank notes or Federal Reserve notes
are presented to the Treasurer of the United States for redemption
and such notes cannot be identified as to the bank of issue or the
bank through which issued, the Treasurer of the United States may
redeem such notes under such rules and regulations as the Secretary
of the Treasury may prescribe.
-SOURCE-
(June 13, 1933, ch. 62, Sec. 1, 48 Stat. 127; Pub. L. 89-427, Sec.
4(a), May 20, 1966, 80 Stat. 161; Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(g)(8)(A), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 602(g)(8)(A)(ii), which directed the
amendment of this section by striking out '', and the notes, other
than Federal Reserves notes, so redeemed shall be forwarded to the
Comptroller of the Currency for cancellation and destruction''
after ''Treasury may prescribe'', was executed by striking out text
which contained the word ''Reserves'' rather than ''Reserve'', to
reflect the probable intent of Congress.
Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 602(g)(8)(A)(i), substituted ''Whenever any
Federal Reserve bank notes,'' for ''Whenever any national-bank
notes, Federal Reserve bank notes,''.
1966 - Pub. L. 89-427 excepted Federal Reserve notes from the
category of notes which, upon redemption by the Treasurer of the
United States, must be forwarded to the Comptroller of the Currency
for cancellation and destruction.
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note
set out under section 121 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 122a of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 122 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 122. Repealed. Pub. L. 97-258, Sec. 5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96
Stat. 1068
-MISC1-
Section, act July 14, 1890, ch. 708, Sec. 6, 26 Stat. 289,
related to deposits received by the Treasurer from national banks
made to redeem circulating notes of such banks and disposition of
those deposits.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 122a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 122a. Redeemed notes of unidentifiable issue; funds charged
against
-STATUTE-
Federal Reserve bank notes redeemed by the Treasurer of the
United States under section 121a of this title shall be charged
against the balance of deposits for the retirement of Federal
Reserve bank notes under the provisions of sections 122 and 445
(FOOTNOTE 1) of this title; and charges for Federal Reserve notes
redeemed by the Treasurer of the United States under section 121a
of this title shall be apportioned among the twelve Federal Reserve
banks as determined by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System.
(FOOTNOTE 1) See References in Text note below.
-SOURCE-
(June 13, 1933, ch. 62, Sec. 2, 48 Stat. 128; Pub. L. 89-427, Sec.
4(b), May 20, 1966, 80 Stat. 161; Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(g)(8)(B), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 122 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by
Pub. L. 97-258, Sec. 5(b), Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 1068.
Section 445 of this title, referred to in text, was repealed by
act June 12, 1945, ch. 186, Sec. 3, 59 Stat. 238.
-MISC2-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325 struck out ''National-bank notes and''
before ''Federal Reserve bank notes redeemed'' and ''national-bank
notes and'' after ''deposits for the retirement of''.
1966 - Pub. L. 89-427 substituted provisions allowing the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to determine the proper
apportioning between the Federal Reserve banks of the charges for
the redemption by the Treasurer of the United States of Federal
Reserve notes that are unidentifiable as to bank of issue for
provisions that set out the exact formula for determining the
proper apportioning of charges using a proportion based upon the
amount of Federal Reserve notes of each Federal Reserve bank in
circulation in the 31st day of December of the year preceding the
date of redemption, with the amount apportioned under the formula
charged by the Treasurer of the United States against deposit in
the gold-redemption fund made by the bank or its Federal Reserve
agent.
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note
set out under section 121 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 123 to 126 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 123 to 126. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(e)(12), (13), (f)(4)(C), (6), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat.
2292, 2293
-MISC1-
Section 123, R.S. Sec. 5195; June 20, 1874, ch. 343, Sec. 3, 18
Stat. 123, related to redemption of notes by bank at own counter.
Section 124, R.S. Sec. 5184; June 23, 1874, ch. 455, Sec. 1, 18
Stat. 206, related to destroying and replacing notes unfit for use.
Section 125, act July 28, 1892, ch. 317, 27 Stat. 322, related to
redemption of lost or stolen notes.
Section 126, act June 20, 1874, ch. 343, Sec. 8, 18 Stat. 125,
related to duty of Treasurer, designated depositaries, and
national-bank depositaries of United States to return notes of
failed or liquidated banks to Treasury for redemption.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 127 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VI - REDEMPTION AND REPLACEMENT OF CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 127. Repealed. Pub. L. 89-554, Sec. 8(a), Sept. 6, 1966, 80
Stat. 633
-MISC1-
Section, act Mar. 3, 1875, ch. 130, Sec. 3, 18 Stat. 399,
provided for a clerical force for redemption of circulating notes.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER VII - PROCEEDINGS ON FAILURE OF BANK TO
REDEEM CIRCULATING NOTES 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VII - PROCEEDINGS ON FAILURE OF BANK TO REDEEM
CIRCULATING NOTES
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER VII - PROCEEDINGS ON FAILURE OF BANK TO REDEEM
CIRCULATING NOTES
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 131 to 138 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VII - PROCEEDINGS ON FAILURE OF BANK TO REDEEM
CIRCULATING NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 131 to 138. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(e)(14)-(21), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
-MISC1-
Section 131, R.S. Sec. 5226; June 20, 1874, ch. 343, Sec. 3, 18
Stat. 123, related to protest of notes and waiver of demand and
notice of protest.
Section 132, R.S. Sec. 5227, related to appointment by
Comptroller of the Currency of special agent to examine failure of
national banking association to redeem its circulating notes and
provided for forfeiture of association's bonds to United States
based on findings of agent.
Section 133, R.S. Sec. 5228; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, Sec. 1, 18
Stat. 320, prohibited banking associations from continuing in
business after default.
Section 134, R.S. Sec. 5229, provided that, upon declaration of
forfeiture of association's bonds, Comptroller of the Currency was
to notify holders of circulating notes to present notes for payment
and was authorized to cancel bonds pledged by association.
Section 135, R.S. Sec. 5232, related to disposition of redeemed
notes and perpetuation of evidence of payment of such notes.
Section 136, R.S. Sec. 5233, related to cancellation of redeemed
notes.
Section 137, R.S. Sec. 5230, provided Comptroller of the Currency
with option of selling defaulting association's bonds at auction,
rather than cancelling them, and granted United States paramount
lien on all association assets in case of deficiencies from such
sale.
Section 138, R.S. Sec. 5231, related to private sale of
defaulting association's bonds by Comptroller of the Currency.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 141 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
-HEAD-
Sec. 141. Central reserve and reserve cities; designation
-STATUTE-
The cities of New York and Chicago are designated as central
reserve cities, and the following cities are designated as reserve
cities:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Boston Indianapolis
Albany Chicago
Brooklyn and Bronx Peoria
Buffalo Detroit
Philadelphia Grand Rapids
Pittsburgh Milwaukee
Baltimore Minneapolis
Washington St. Paul
Richmond Cedar Rapids
Atlanta Des Moines
Little Rock Dubuque
Louisville Sioux City
Memphis Kansas City, Mo.
Nashville St. Joseph
Cincinnati Jacksonville
Cleveland Birmingham
Columbus New Orleans
Toledo Dallas
El Paso Pueblo
Fort Worth Muskogee
Galveston Oklahoma City
Houston Tulsa
San Antonio Savannah
Waco Seattle
St. Louis Spokane
Lincoln Portland
Omaha Los Angeles
Kansas City, Kans. Oakland
Topeka San Francisco
Wichita Ogden
Helena Salt Lake City
Denver
-------------------------------
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System may at any
time reclassify cities so designated as reserve and central reserve
cities, may add to the number so classified, or terminate the
designation of any cities as such.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5191; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 2, 38 Stat. 251; Aug.
23, 1935, ch. 614, title II, Sec. 203(a), 49 Stat. 704.)
-STATAMEND-
CENTRAL RESERVE CITIES
Section 3(b)(1), (2), of Pub. L. 86-114, July 28, 1959, 73
Stat. 263, reclassified New York and Chicago as reserve cities
and terminated the classification of central reserve city and the
authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
to classify or reclassify cities as central reserve cities,
effective 3 years after July 28, 1959. See Central Reserve and
Reserve Cities note, set out under this section.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5191 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 31,
13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 1,
1872, ch. 22, 17 Stat. 32. See section 38 of this title.
-CHANGE-
CHANGE OF NAME
Section 203(a) of act Aug. 23, 1935, changed name of Federal
Reserve Board to Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
-MISC4-
CENTRAL RESERVE AND RESERVE CITIES
Section 3(b) of Pub. L. 86-114, July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 263,
provided that: ''Effective three years after the date of the
enactment of this Act (July 28, 1959) -
''(1) New York and Chicago are reclassified as reserve cities
under the Federal Reserve Act;
''(2) the classification 'central reserve city' under the
Federal Reserve Act, and the authority of the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System to classify or reclassify cities as
'central reserve cities' under such Act, are terminated;
''(3) section 5192 of the Revised Statutes of the United States
(12 U.S.C., sec. 144) is amended by striking out 'central reserve
or';
''(4) section 2 of the Act of March 3, 1887 (ch. 378; 24 Stat.
560) is repealed;
''(5) the last paragraph of section 2 of the Federal Reserve
act (12 U.S.C., sec. 224) is amended by striking out 'and central
reserve cities';
''(6) section 11(e) of the Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C., sec.
248e) is amended by striking out 'and central reserve' each place
it appears;
''(7) the third paragraph (lettered (a)) of section 19 of the
Federal Reserve Act (12 U.S.C., sec. 462) is amended by striking
out 'or central reserve';
''(8) the fifth paragraph (lettered (c)) of such section 19 is
repealed;
''(9) subparagraph (2) of the sixth paragraph of such section
19 (as added by the first section of this Act) is amended by
striking out 'and a member bank in a central reserve city may
hold and maintain the reserve balances which are in effect under
this section for member banks described in paragraph (a) or
(b),';
''(10) the seventh paragraph of such section 19 is amended by
striking out clauses (1), (2), (3), and (4) and inserting in lieu
thereof the following: '(1) by member banks in reserve cities,
(2) by member banks not in reserve cities, or (3) by all member
banks'; and
''(11) the seventh paragraph of such section is further amended
by striking out 'and central reserve cities'.''
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 481 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 142 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
-HEAD-
Sec. 142. Banks in reserve cities; reserves
-STATUTE-
National banking associations located in reserve cities or
central reserve cities shall maintain reserves provided for in
section 462 of this title for banks so located.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5191; Dec. 23, 1913, ch. 6, Sec. 19, 27, 38 Stat. 270,
274; Aug. 4, 1914, ch. 225, 38 Stat. 682; Aug. 15, 1914, ch. 252,
38 Stat. 691; June 21, 1917, ch. 32, Sec. 10, 40 Stat. 239.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section 462 of this title, referred to in text, was omitted from
the Code. See section 461 of this title.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5191 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 31,
13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 1,
1872, ch. 22, 17 Stat. 32. See section 38 of this title.
-MISC3-
TERMINATION OF CENTRAL RESERVE CITIES
Central reserve cities terminated, see section 3(b) of Pub. L.
86-114, July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 263 set out as a note under section
141 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 248, 1424, 1828 of this
title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 143 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
-HEAD-
Sec. 143. Banks in Alaska and insular possessions; lawful money
reserves
-STATUTE-
Every national banking association located in Alaska or in a
dependency or insular possession or any part of the United States
outside of the continental United States, and not a member of the
Federal reserve system, shall at all times have on hand in lawful
money of the United States an amount equal to at least 15 percent
of the aggregate amount of its deposits in all respects. Whenever
the lawful money of any such association shall fall below 15
percent of its deposits such association shall not increase its
liabilities by making any new loans or discounts other than by
discounting or purchasing bills of exchange payable at sight nor
make any dividends of its profits until the required proportion
between the aggregate amount of its deposits and its lawful money
of the United States has been restored. And the Comptroller of the
Currency shall notify any such association whose lawful money
reserve shall be below the amount required to be kept on hand to
make good such reserve, and if such association shall fail for
thirty days thereafter so to make good its lawful money the
Comptroller may, with the concurrence of the Secretary of the
Treasury, appoint a receiver to wind up the business of the
association as provided in section 192 of this title.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5191.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5191 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 31,
13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 1,
1872, ch. 22, 17 Stat. 32. See section 38 of this title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 144 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
-HEAD-
Sec. 144. Certain balances counted toward reserves in dependencies
and insular possessions
-STATUTE-
Four-fifths of the reserve of 15 per centum which a national bank
located in a dependency or insular possession or any part of the
United States outside of the continental United States, and not a
member of the Federal Reserve System, is required to keep, may
consist of balances due such bank from associations approved by the
Comptroller of the Currency and located in any one of the reserve
cities as now or hereafter defined by law or designated by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5192; July 1, 1952, ch. 536, 66 Stat. 314; Pub. L.
86-70, Sec. 7, June 25, 1959, 73 Stat. 142; Pub. L. 86-114, Sec.
3(b)(3), July 28, 1959, 73 Stat. 263.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5192 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 31,
13 Stat. 108, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1959 - Pub. L. 86-114 struck out ''central reserve or'' before
''reserve cities''.
Pub. L. 86-70 struck out ''in Alaska or'' before ''in a
dependency''.
1952 - Act July 1, 1952, reduced the required amount of cash on
hand from two-fifths to one-fifth of the required reserve of 15 per
centum.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1959 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 86-114 effective three years after July 28,
1959, see section 3(b) of Pub. L. 86-114, set out as a Central
Reserve and Reserve Cities note under section 141 of this title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 145, 146 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER VIII - RESERVE CITIES; LAWFUL RESERVES
-HEAD-
Sec. 145, 146. Repealed. Pub. L. 97-258, Sec. 5(b), Sept. 13, 1982,
96 Stat. 1068
-MISC1-
Section 145, act July 14, 1890, ch. 708, Sec. 2, 26 Stat. 289,
authorized counting of treasury notes held by national banking
associations as part of their lawful reserve.
Section 146, act July 12, 1882, ch. 290, Sec. 12, 22 Stat. 165,
related to holding of gold and silver certificates by national
banking associations.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER IX - FORMATION OF ASSOCIATIONS TO ISSUE
GOLD NOTES 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IX - FORMATION OF ASSOCIATIONS TO ISSUE GOLD NOTES
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER IX - FORMATION OF ASSOCIATIONS TO ISSUE GOLD NOTES
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 151 to 153 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER IX - FORMATION OF ASSOCIATIONS TO ISSUE GOLD NOTES
-HEAD-
Sec. 151 to 153. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(e)(22), (23), (f)(7), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292, 2293
-MISC1-
Section 151, R.S. Sec. 5185; Jan. 19, 1875, ch. 19, 18 Stat. 302,
related to organization of associations to issue gold notes.
Section 152, R.S. Sec. 5186, related to mandatory establishment
of lawful money reserves by associations issuing gold notes and
reception by such associations of gold notes of other associations
in payment of debts.
Section 153, act Feb. 14, 1880, ch. 25, 21 Stat. 66, related to
conversion of gold banks into currency banks.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 161 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
-HEAD-
Sec. 161. Reports to Comptroller of the Currency
-STATUTE-
(a) Reports of condition; form; contents; date of making;
publication
Every association shall make reports of condition to the
Comptroller of the Currency in accordance with the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811 et seq.). The Comptroller of the
Currency may call for additional reports of condition, in such form
and containing such information as he may prescribe, on dates to be
fixed by him, and may call for special reports from any particular
association whenever in his judgment the same are necessary for his
use in the performance of his supervisory duties. Each report of
condition shall contain a declaration by the president, a vice
president, the cashier, or by any other officer designated by the
board of directors of the bank to make such declaration, that the
report is true and correct to the best of his knowledge and
belief. The correctness of the report of condition shall be
attested by the signatures of at least three of the directors of
the bank other than the officer making such declaration, with the
declaration that the report has been examined by them and to the
best of their knowledge and belief is true and correct. Each
report shall exhibit in detail and under appropriate heads the
resources and liabilities of the association at the close of
business on any past day specified by the Comptroller, and shall be
transmitted to the Comptroller within the period of time specified
by the Comptroller. Special reports called for by the Comptroller
need contain only such information as is specified by the
Comptroller in his request therefor, and publication of such
reports need be made only if directed by the Comptroller.
(b) Payment of dividends
Every association shall make to the Comptroller reports of the
payment of dividends, including advance reports of dividends
proposed to be declared or paid in such cases and under such
conditions as the Comptroller deems necessary to carry out the
purposes of the laws relating to national banking associations in
such form and at such times as he may require.
(c) Reports of affiliates; form; contents; date of making;
publication; penalties
Each national banking association shall obtain from each of its
affiliates other than member banks and furnish to the Comptroller
of the Currency not less than four reports during each year, in
such form as the Comptroller may prescribe, verified by the oath or
affirmation of the president or such other officer as may be
designated by the board of directors of such affiliate to verify
such reports, disclosing the information hereinafter provided for
as of dates identical with those for which the Comptroller shall
during such year require the reports of the condition of the
association. Each such report of an affiliate shall be transmitted
to the Comptroller at the same time as the corresponding report of
the association, except that the Comptroller may, in his
discretion, extend such time for good cause shown. Each such
report shall contain such information as in the judgment of the
Comptroller of the Currency shall be necessary to disclose fully
the relations between such affiliate and such bank and to enable
the Comptroller to inform himself as to the effect of such
relations upon the affairs of such bank. The Comptroller shall
also have power to call for additional reports with respect to any
such affiliate whenever in his judgment the same are necessary in
order to obtain a full and complete knowledge of the conditions of
the association with which it is affiliated. Such additional
reports shall be transmitted to the Comptroller of the Currency in
such form as he may prescribe.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5211; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69, Sec. 1, 19 Stat. 252; Dec.
28, 1922, ch. 18, 42 Stat. 1067; Feb. 25, 1927, ch. 191, Sec. 13,
44 Stat. 1232; June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 27, 48 Stat. 191; Pub.
L. 86-230, Sec. 11, 22(b), Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458, 466; Pub.
L. 86-671, Sec. 5, July 14, 1960, 74 Stat. 551; Pub. L. 89-485,
Sec. 13(d), July 1, 1966, 80 Stat. 243; Pub. L. 101-73, title IX,
Sec. 911(b)(1), Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 478; Pub. L. 103-325, title
III, Sec. 308(a), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2218.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is
act Sept. 21, 1950, ch. 967, Sec. 2, 64 Stat. 873, as amended,
which is classified generally to chapter 16 (Sec. 1811 et seq.) of
this title. For complete classification of this Act to the Code,
see Short Title note set out under section 1811 of this title and
Tables.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5211 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 34,
13 Stat. 109, which was the National Bank Act, and act Mar. 3,
1869, ch. 130, Sec. 1, 15 Stat. 326. See section 38 of this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 308(a)(1), struck out
before period at end of fifth sentence ''; and the statement of
resources and liabilities in the same form in which it is made to
the Comptroller shall be published in a newspaper published in the
place where such association is established, or if there is no
newspaper in the place, then in the one published nearest thereto
in the same county, at the expense of the association, and such
proof of publication shall be furnished as may be required by the
Comptroller''.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 103-325, Sec. 308(a)(2), struck out after
third sentence ''The reports of such affiliates shall be published
by the association under the same conditions as govern its own
condition reports.''
1989 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 101-73, Sec. 911(b)(1)(A), in fifth
sentence substituted ''within the period of time specified by the
Comptroller'' for ''within ten days after the receipt of a request
therefor from him''.
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 101-73, Sec. 911(b)(1)(B), struck out at end
''Any such affiliated bank which fails to obtain and furnish any
report required under this section shall be subject to a penalty of
$100 for each day during which such failure continues.''
1966 - Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 89-485 struck out second sentence
stating that the term ''affiliate'' shall include holding company
affiliates as well as other affiliates.
1960 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86-671, Sec. 5(a), designated
existing provisions of former first par. as subsec. (a),
substituted provisions relating to the making of reports of
condition in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and
additional reports of condition containing declaration of officer
for former provisions requiring minimum of three reports annually
verified by an officer, inserted provisions respecting contents and
publication of special reports and deleted requirement for making
reports of payment of dividends, which is incorporated in subsec.
(b) of this section.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86-671, Sec. 5(a), designated existing
provisions of former first par. as subsec. (b).
Subsec. (c). Pub. L. 86-671, Sec. 5(b), designated existing
provisions of former second par. as subsec. (c) and substituted
''four'' for ''three'' in first sentence.
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 required transmission of reports to the
Comptroller within ten instead of five days and the making of
reports of the payment of dividends including advance reports of
dividends proposed to be declared or paid, respectively.
1933 - Act June 16, 1933, added second par.
1927 - Act Feb. 25, 1927, inserted ''or of a vice-president, or
of an assistant cashier of the association designated by its board
of directors to verify such reports in the absence of the president
and cashier, taken before a notary public properly authorized and
commissioned by the State in which such notary resides and the
association is located, or any other officer having an official
seal, authorized in such State to administer oaths'' in first
sentence, and ''and the statement of resources and liabilities
together with acknowledgment and attestation'', in second sentence.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT
Section 911(i)((g)) of Pub. L. 101-73 provided that: ''The
amendments made by this section (amending this section and sections
164, 324, 1782, 1817, 1847, and 1882 of this title) shall apply
with respect to reports filed or required to be filed after the
date of the enactment of this Act (Aug. 9, 1989).''
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1960 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 86-671 effective Jan. 1, 1961, see section 7
of Pub. L. 86-671, set out as a note under section 1817 of this
title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 164 of this title; title 7
section 6f; title 15 sections 78o-5, 78q.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 162 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
-HEAD-
Sec. 162. Repealed. Pub. L. 86-671, Sec. 6, July 14, 1960, 74 Stat.
552.
-MISC1-
Section, act Feb. 26, 1881, ch. 82, 21 Stat. 352, prescribed the
manner of verification of reports of condition of national banks.
See section 1817 of this title.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF REPEAL
Repeal effective Jan. 1, 1961, see section 7 of Pub. L. 86-671,
set out as an Effective Date of 1960 Amendment note under section
1817 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 163 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
-HEAD-
Sec. 163. Repealed. Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 22(a), Sept. 8, 1959, 73
Stat. 466
-MISC1-
Section, R.S. Sec. 5212, related to report of dividends and net
earnings. See section 161 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 164 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
-HEAD-
Sec. 164. Penalty for failure to make reports
-STATUTE-
(a) First tier
Any association which -
(1) maintains procedures reasonably adapted to avoid any
inadvertent error and, unintentionally and as a result of such an
error -
(A) fails to make, obtain, transmit, or publish any report or
information required by the Comptroller of the Currency under
section 161 of this title, within the period of time specified
by the Comptroller; or
(B) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or
information; or
(2) inadvertently transmits or publishes any report which is
minimally late,
shall be subject to a penalty of not more than $2,000 for each day
during which such failure continues or such false or misleading
information is not corrected. The association shall have the
burden of proving that an error was inadvertent and that a report
was inadvertently transmitted or published late.
(b) Second tier
Any association which -
(1) fails to make, obtain, transmit, or publish any report or
information required by the Comptroller of the Currency under
section 161 of this title, within the period of time specified by
the Comptroller; or
(2) submits or publishes any false or misleading report or
information,
in a manner not described in subsection (a) of this section shall
be subject to a penalty of not more than $20,000 for each day
during which such failure continues or such false or misleading
information is not corrected.
(c) Third tier
Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b) of this section, if any
association knowingly or with reckless disregard for the accuracy
of any information or report described in subsection (b) of this
section submits or publishes any false or misleading report or
information, the Comptroller may assess a penalty of not more than
$1,000,000 or 1 percent of total assets of the association,
whichever is less, per day for each day during which such failure
continues or such false or misleading information is not corrected.
(d) Assessment; etc.
Any penalty imposed under subsection (a), (b), or (c) of this
section shall be assessed and collected by the Comptroller of the
Currency in the manner provided in subparagraphs (E), (F), (G), and
(I) of section 1818(i)(2) of this title (for penalties imposed
under such section) and any such assessment (including the
determination of the amount of the penalty) shall be subject to the
provisions of such section.
(e) Hearing
Any association against which any penalty is assessed under this
subsection (FOOTNOTE 1) shall be afforded an agency hearing if such
association submits a request for such hearing within 20 days after
the issuance of the notice of assessment. Section 1818(h) of this
title shall apply to any proceeding under this section.
(FOOTNOTE 1) So in original. Probably should be ''section''.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5213; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 12, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat.
458; Pub. L. 101-73, title IX, Sec. 911(b)(2), Aug. 9, 1989, 103
Stat. 478.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5213 derived from act Mar. 3, 1869, ch. 130, Sec. 1, 2,
15 Stat. 326, 327.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1989 - Pub. L. 101-73 amended section generally. Prior to
amendment, section read as follows: ''Every association which fails
to make and transmit any report required under section 161 of this
title shall be subject to a penalty of $100 for each day after the
periods, respectively, therein mentioned, that it delays to make
and transmit its report. Whenever any association delays or
refuses to pay the penalty herein imposed, after it has been
assessed by the Comptroller of the Currency, the amount thereof may
be retained by the Treasurer of the United States, upon the order
of the Comptroller of the Currency, out of the interest, as it may
become due to the association, on the bonds deposited with him to
secure circulation. All sums of money collected for penalties
under this section shall be paid into the Treasury of the United
States.''
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 substituted ''section 161 of this title''
for ''either section 161 or 163 of this title''.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1989 AMENDMENT
Amendment by Pub. L. 101-73 applicable with respect to reports
filed or required to be filed after Aug. 9, 1989, see section
911(i) of Pub. L. 101-73, set out as a note under section 161 of
this title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 1831k of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 165 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER X - BANK EXAMINATIONS; REPORTS
-HEAD-
Sec. 165. Omitted
-COD-
CODIFICATION
Section, R.S. Sec. 5241, related to limitation of visitorial
powers. See section 484 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER XI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING
UNITED STATES BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL
BANKS 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES
BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES
BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 168 to 177 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES
BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 168 to 177. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(e)(24)-(31), (f)(4)(D), (5)(A), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat.
2292, 2293
-MISC1-
Section 168, R.S. Sec. 5160, authorized associations to take up
bonds upon returning circulating notes to Comptroller of the
Currency.
Section 169, R.S. Sec. 5161, related to exchange of United States
coupon bonds for registered bonds.
Section 170, R.S. Sec. 5162; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, Sec. 313, 49
Stat. 711, related to manner of making transfers of bonds.
Section 171, R.S. Sec. 5163, related to establishment of registry
of transferred bonds by Comptroller of the Currency.
Section 172, R.S. Sec. 5164, required Comptroller of the Currency
to notify national banking associations of transfers from its
accounts.
Section 173, R.S. Sec. 5165, related to examination of registry
and bonds by Comptroller of the Currency and Treasurer of United
States.
Section 174, R.S. Sec. 5166, related to annual examination of
bonds by national banking associations.
Section 175, R.S. Sec. 5167, related to custody of bonds and
collection of interest.
Section 176, acts June 20, 1874, ch. 343, Sec. 4, 18 Stat. 124;
June 21, 1917, ch. 32, Sec. 9, 40 Stat. 239, provided that
associations desiring to withdraw circulating notes could, upon
deposit of money with Treasurer of United States, withdraw bonds on
deposit with Treasurer for security of such notes.
Section 177, acts July 12, 1882, ch. 290, Sec. 8, 22 Stat. 164;
Mar. 14, 1900, ch. 41, Sec. 12, 31 Stat. 49; June 21, 1917, ch. 32,
Sec. 9, 40 Stat. 239, related to amount of bonds banks were
required to keep on deposit with Treasurer of United States, as
security for circulating notes, and authorized banks having
deposits in excess of such amount to reduce, or retire in full,
their circulation by depositing lawful money.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 177a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES
BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 177a. Funds available for cost of transporting and redeeming
national and Federal Reserve bank notes
-STATUTE-
The cost of transporting and redeeming outstanding national bank
notes and Federal Reserve bank notes as may be presented to the
Treasurer of the United States for redemption shall be paid from
the regular annual appropriation for the Department of the
Treasury.
-SOURCE-
(Oct. 10, 1940, ch. 841, 54 Stat. 1093; Pub. L. 103-325, title VI,
Sec. 602(g)(10), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
-MISC1-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325 amended section generally. Prior to
amendment, section read as follows: ''After the reimbursement to
the Treasury from funds derived from assessments made pursuant to
section 177 of this title, of all costs lawfully charged thereto
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1941, the balance of such funds
shall be covered into the Treasury as miscellaneous receipts; and
thereafter the cost of transporting and redeeming such outstanding
national bank notes and Federal Reserve bank notes as may be
presented to the Treasurer of the United States for redemption
shall be paid from the regular annual appropriations for the
Treasury Department.''
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 178 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XI - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS REGARDING UNITED STATES
BONDS IN RELATION TO NATIONAL BANKS
-HEAD-
Sec. 178. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(f)(5)(B),
Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2293
-MISC1-
Section, acts July 12, 1882, ch. 290, Sec. 9, 22 Stat. 164; Mar.
14, 1900, ch. 41, Sec. 12, 31 Stat. 49; Mar. 4, 1907, ch. 2913,
Sec. 4, 34 Stat. 1290, authorized national banking associations
desiring to withdraw circulating notes to deposit money with
Treasurer of United States and withdraw bonds or other securities
securing such notes.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER XII - VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XII - VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XII - VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 181 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XII - VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
-HEAD-
Sec. 181. Voluntary dissolution; appointment and removal of
liquidating agent or committee; examination
-STATUTE-
Any association may go into liquidation and be closed by the vote
of its shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock. If the
liquidation is to be effected in whole or in part through the sale
of any of its assets to and the assumption of its deposit
liabilities by another bank, the purchase and sale agreement must
also be approved by its shareholders owning two-thirds of its stock
unless an emergency exists and the Comptroller of the Currency
specifically waives such requirement for shareholder approval.
The shareholders shall designate one or more persons to act as
liquidating agent or committee, who shall conduct the liquidation
in accordance with law and under the supervision of the board of
directors, who shall require a suitable bond to be given by said
agent or committee. The liquidating agent or committee shall
render annual reports to the Comptroller of the Currency on the
31st day of December of each year showing the progress of said
liquidation until the same is completed. The liquidating agent or
committee shall also make an annual report to a meeting of the
shareholders to be held on the date fixed in the articles of
association for the annual meeting, at which meeting the
shareholders may, if they see fit, by a vote representing a
majority of the entire stock of the bank, remove the liquidating
agent or committee and appoint one or more others in place
thereof. A special meeting of the shareholders may be called at
any time in the same manner as if the bank continued an active bank
and at said meeting the shareholders may, by vote of the majority
of the stock, remove the liquidating agent or committee. The
Comptroller of the Currency is authorized to have an examination
made at any time into the affairs of the liquidating bank until the
claims of all creditors have been satisfied, and the expense of
making such examinations shall be assessed against such bank in the
same manner as in the case of examinations made pursuant to
subchapter XV of chapter 3 of this title.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5220; Aug. 23, 1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 317, 49
Stat. 712; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 15, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Subchapter XV (Sec. 481 et seq.) of chapter 3 of this title,
referred to in second par., was in the original a reference to
section 5240 of the Revised Statutes.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5220 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 42,
13 Stat. 112, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 required shareholder approval of purchase
and sale agreement where there is liquidation of a bank effected
through sale of its assets and assumption of deposit liabilities
and authorized waiver of such requirement in an emergency.
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, added second par.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 186, 202, 288, 1821 of
this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 182 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XII - VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
-HEAD-
Sec. 182. Notice of intent to dissolve
-STATUTE-
Whenever a vote is taken to go into liquidation it shall be the
duty of the board of directors to cause notice of this fact to be
certified, under the seal of the association, by its president or
cashier, to the Comptroller of the Currency, and publication
thereof to be made for a period of two months in every issue of a
newspaper published in the city or town in which the association is
located, or if no newspaper is there published, then in the
newspaper published nearest thereto, that the association is
closing up its affairs, and notifying its creditors to present
their claims against the association for payment.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5221; Aug. 9, 1955, ch. 626, 69 Stat. 546.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5221 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 42,
13 Stat. 112, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1955 - Act Aug. 9, 1955, struck out provisions relating to
publication in a newspaper published in the City of New York, and
notification to holders of national bank notes to present them for
payment.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 186, 1821 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 183 to 186 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XII - VOLUNTARY DISSOLUTION
-HEAD-
Sec. 183 to 186. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec.
602(e)(32)-(35), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
-MISC1-
Section 183, R.S. Sec. 5222, provided that, within six months of
voting to liquidate, an association was to deposit with Treasurer
of United States money sufficient to redeem all outstanding
circulation.
Section 184, R.S. Sec. 5223, exempted associations which wound up
business for purpose of consolidating with another association from
requirement to deposit money to redeem all outstanding circulation.
Section 185, R.S. Sec. 5224; Feb. 18, 1875, ch. 80, Sec. 1, 18
Stat. 320, related to reassignment of bonds to association and
redemption of notes.
Section 186, R.S. Sec. 5225; Feb. 27, 1877, ch. 69, Sec. 1, 19
Stat. 252, related to destruction of redeemed notes by Treasurer.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 191 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 191. Appointment of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as
receiver
-STATUTE-
The Comptroller of the Currency may, without prior notice or
hearings, appoint a receiver for any national bank (and such
receiver shall be the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if the
national bank is an insured bank (as defined in section 1813(h) of
this title)) if the Comptroller determines, in the Comptroller's
discretion, that -
(1) 1 or more of the grounds specified in section 1821(c)(5) of
this title exist; or
(2) the association's board of directors consists of fewer than
5 members.
-SOURCE-
(June 30, 1876, ch. 156, Sec. 2, formerly Sec. 1, 19 Stat. 63; Pub.
L. 86-230, Sec. 16, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458; Pub. L. 102-242,
title I, Sec. 133(b), Dec. 19, 1991, 105 Stat. 2271; renumbered
Sec. 2 and amended Pub. L. 102-550, title XVI, Sec. 1603(d)(6),
(7), Oct. 28, 1992, 106 Stat. 4080.)
-MISC1-
PRIOR PROVISIONS
A prior section 2 of act June 30, 1876, was classified to section
65 of this title, prior to repeal by Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 8, Sept.
8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457.
AMENDMENTS
1992 - Pub. L. 102-550, Sec. 1603(d)(7)(B), substituted ''appoint
a receiver for any national bank (and such receiver shall be the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation if the national bank is an
insured bank (as defined in section 1813(h) of this title))'' for
''appoint the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as receiver for
any national banking association'' in introductory provisions.
Pub. L. 102-550, Sec. 1603(d)(6), amended directory language of
Pub. L. 102-242, Sec. 133(b). See 1991 Amendment note below.
1991 - Pub. L. 102-242, Sec. 133(b), as amended by Pub. L.
102-550, Sec. 1603(d)(6), amended section generally. Prior to
amendment, section read as follows: ''Whenever any national banking
association shall be dissolved, and its rights, privileges, and
franchises declared forfeited, as prescribed in section 93 of this
title, or whenever any creditor of any national banking association
shall have obtained a judgment against it in any court of record,
and made application, accompanied by a certificate from the clerk
of the court stating that such judgment has been rendered and has
remained unpaid for the space of thirty days, or whenever the
comptroller shall become satisfied of the insolvency of a national
banking association, he may, after due examination of its affairs,
in either case, appoint a receiver, who shall proceed to close up
such association.''
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 struck out provisions which required
receiver to enforce the personal liability of shareholders.
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1992 AMENDMENT
Section 1609 of Pub. L. 102-550 provided that:
''(a) In General. - Except as provided in subsection (b) or any
other provision of this subtitle (subtitle A (Sec. 1601-1609) of
title XVI of Pub. L. 102-550, see Tables for classification), the
amendments made by this subtitle to the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, the Federal Deposit Insurance
Act, and any other law shall take effect as if such amendments had
been included in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Improvement Act of 1991 (Pub. L. 102-242) as of the date of the
enactment of such Act (Dec. 19, 1991).
''(b) Effective Date of Certain Amendments. - In the case of any
amendment made by this subtitle to any provision of law added or
amended by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement
Act of 1991 (see Tables for classification) effective after
December 19, 1992, the amendment made by this subtitle shall take
effect on the effective date of the amendment made by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991.''
EFFECTIVE DATE OF 1991 AMENDMENT
Section 133(g) of Pub. L. 102-242 provided that: ''The amendments
made by this section (amending this section and sections 203, 248,
1464, and 1821 of this title) shall become effective 1 year after
the date of enactment of this Act (Dec. 19, 1991).''
SHORT TITLE
Section 1 of act June 30, 1876, as added by act Oct. 28, 1992,
Pub. L. 102-550, title XVI, Sec. 1603(d)(7)(A), 106 Stat. 4080,
provided that: ''This Act (enacting this section, sections 65 and
197 of this title, and section 424 of former Title 31, Money and
Finance, and amending section 55 of this title) may be cited as the
'National Bank Receivership Act'.''
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
TERMINATION OF NATIONAL BANK CLOSED RECEIVERSHIP FUND
Pub. L. 96-221, title VII, Sec. 721-723, Mar. 31, 1980, 94 Stat.
190, 191, as amended Pub. L. 97-320, title IV, Sec. 409, Oct. 15,
1982, 96 Stat. 1515, provided that:
''Sec. 721. The purpose of this part (enacting this provision) is
to terminate the closed receivership fund by -
''(1) providing final notice of availability of liquidating
dividends to creditors of national banks which have been closed
and for which the Comptroller has appointed a receiver other than
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
''(2) barring rights of creditors to collect liquidating
dividends from the Comptroller of the Currency after a reasonable
period of time following such final notice; and
''(3) refunding to the Comptroller the principal amount of such
fund and any income earned thereon.
''Sec. 722. For purposes of this part -
''(1) the term 'closed receivership fund' means the aggregation
of undisbursed liquidating dividends from national banks which
have been closed and for which the Comptroller has appointed a
receiver other than the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation,
held by the Comptroller in his capacity as successor to receivers
of those banks;
''(2) the term 'Comptroller' means the Comptroller of the
Currency;
''(3) the term 'claimant' means a depositor or other creditor
who asserts a claim against a closed national bank for a
liquidating dividend; and
''(4) the term 'liquidating dividend' means an amount of money
in the closed receivership fund determined by a receiver of a
closed national bank or by the Comptroller to be owed by that
bank to a depositor or other creditor.
''Sec. 723. (a) The Comptroller shall publish notice once a week
for four weeks in the Federal Register that all rights of
depositors and other creditors of closed national banks to collect
liquidating dividends from the closed receivership fund shall be
barred after twelve months following the last date of publication
of such notice.
''(b) The Comptroller shall pay the principal amount of a
liquidating dividend, exclusive of any income earned thereon, to a
claimant presenting a valid claim, if the claimant applies to
collect within twelve months following the last date notice is
published.
''(c) If a creditor shall fail to apply to collect a liquidating
dividend within twelve months after the last date notice is
published, all rights of the claimant against the closed
receivership fund with respect to the liquidating dividend shall be
barred.
''(d) The principal amount of any liquidating dividends (1) for
which claims have not been asserted within twelve months following
the last date notice is published or (2) for which the Comptroller
has determined a valid claim has not been submitted shall, together
with any income earned on liquidating dividends and other moneys,
if any, remaining in the closed receivership fund, be covered into
the general funds of the Comptroller.''
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 197, 205 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 192 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 192. Default in payment of circulating notes
-STATUTE-
On becoming satisfied, as specified in sections 131 and 132
(FOOTNOTE 1) of this title, that any association is in default, the
Comptroller of the Currency may forthwith appoint a receiver, and
require of him such bond and security as he deems proper. Such
receiver, under the direction of the comptroller, shall take
possession of the books, records, and assets of every description
of such association, collect all debts, dues, and claims belonging
to it, and, upon the order of a court of record of competent
jurisdiction, may sell or compound all bad or doubtful debts, and,
on a like order, may sell all the real and personal property of
such association, on such terms as the court shall direct. Such
receiver shall pay over all money so made to the Treasurer of the
United States, subject to the order of the Comptroller, and also
make report to the Comptroller of all his acts and proceedings.
(FOOTNOTE 1) See References in Text note below.
Provided, That the Comptroller may, if he deems proper, deposit
any of the money so made in any regular Government depositary, or
in any State or national bank either of the city or town in which
the insolvent bank was located or of a city or town as adjacent
thereto as practicable; if such deposit is made he shall require
the depositary to deposit United States bonds or other satisfactory
securities with the Treasurer of the United States for the
safekeeping and prompt payment of the money so deposited: Provided,
That no security in the form of deposit of United States bonds, or
otherwise, shall be required in the case of such parts of the
deposits as are insured under section 12B of the Federal Reserve
Act, as amended. Such depositary shall pay upon such money
interest at such rate as the Comptroller may prescribe, not less,
however, than 2 per centum per annum upon the average monthly
amount of such deposits.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5234; May 15, 1916, ch. 121, 39 Stat. 121; Aug. 23,
1935, ch. 614, title III, Sec. 339, 49 Stat. 721; Pub. L. 86-230,
Sec. 17, Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458; Pub. L. 103-325, title VI,
Sec. 602(g)(11), Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Sections 131 and 132 of this title, referred to in text, were
repealed by Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(e)(14), (15), Sept.
23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292.
Section 12B of the Federal Reserve Act, as amended, referred to
in text, formerly classified to section 264 of this title, has been
withdrawn from the Federal Reserve Act and incorporated in the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act which is classified generally to
chapter 16 (Sec. 1811 et seq.) of this title.
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5234 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 50,
13 Stat. 114, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section
38 of this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325 struck out ''has refused to pay its
circulating notes as therein mentioned, and'' before ''is in
default''.
1959 - Pub. L. 86-230 struck out provisions which required
receiver to enforce the personal liability of shareholders.
1935 - Act Aug. 23, 1935, inserted second proviso in second par.
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note
set out under section 121 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
INTEREST ON DEPOSITS
So much of existing law requiring the payment of interest with
respect to any funds deposited by the United States or by any
public instrumentality, agency, or officer thereof, as is
inconsistent with sections 371a, 371b, 374, 374a, 461, former
sections 462 to 465, and section 466 of this title, repealed, see
section 371a of this title.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in sections 55, 143, 197, 481, 501,
1467 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 193 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 193. Notice to present claims
-STATUTE-
The Comptroller shall, upon appointing a receiver, cause notice
to be given, by advertisement in such newspapers as he may direct,
for three consecutive months, calling on all persons who may have
claims against such association to present the same, and to make
legal proof thereof.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5235.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5235 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 50,
13 Stat. 114, which was part of the National Bank Act. See section
38 of this title.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 194 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 194. Dividends on adjusted claims; distribution of assets
-STATUTE-
From time to time, the comptroller shall make a ratable dividend
of the money so paid over to him by such receiver on all such
claims as may have been proved to his satisfaction or adjudicated
in a court of competent jurisdiction, and, as the proceeds of the
assets of such association are paid over to him, shall make further
dividends on all claims previously proved or adjudicated; and the
remainder of the proceeds, if any, shall be paid over to the
shareholders of such association, or their legal representatives,
in proportion to the stock by them respectively held.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5236; Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(g)(12), Sept.
23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5236 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 50,
13 Stat. 114, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325 struck out '', after full provision has
been first made for refunding to the United States any deficiency
in redeeming the notes of such association'' after ''From time to
time''.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc. in
the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4, 47
Stat. 1567.
-SECREF-
SECTION REFERRED TO IN OTHER SECTIONS
This section is referred to in section 197 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 195 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 195. Repealed. Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(e)(36),
Sept. 23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2292
-MISC1-
Section, R.S. Sec. 5237; Mar. 3, 1911, ch. 231, Sec. 289, 36
Stat. 1167, related to injunction by bank denying failure to redeem
notes.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 196 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 196. Expenses
-STATUTE-
All expenses of any preliminary or other examinations into the
condition of any association shall be paid by such association.
All expenses of any receivership shall be paid out of the assets of
such association before distribution of the proceeds thereof.
-SOURCE-
(R.S. Sec. 5238; Pub. L. 103-325, title VI, Sec. 602(g)(13), Sept.
23, 1994, 108 Stat. 2294.)
-COD-
CODIFICATION
R.S. Sec. 5238 derived from act June 3, 1864, ch. 106, Sec. 51,
13 Stat. 115, which was the National Bank Act. See section 38 of
this title.
-MISC3-
AMENDMENTS
1994 - Pub. L. 103-325 struck out at beginning ''All fees for
protesting the notes issued by any national banking association
shall be paid by the person procuring the protest to be made, and
such association shall be liable therefor; but no part of the bonds
deposited by such association shall be applied to the payment of
such fees.''
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 197 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 197. Shareholders' meeting; continuance of receivership;
appointment of agent; winding up business; distribution of
assets
-STATUTE-
(a) Whenever any national banking association shall have been or
shall be placed in the hands of a receiver, as provided in section
fifty-two hundred and thirty-four (12 U.S.C. 192) and other
sections of the Revised Statutes of the United States and section
1821(c) of this title, and when, as provided in section 194 of this
title, there has been paid to each and every creditor of such
association whose claim or claims as such creditor shall have been
proved or allowed as therein prescribed, the full amount of such
claims, and all expenses of the receivership, the Comptroller of
the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, where
that Corporation has been appointed receiver of the bank, shall
call a meeting of the shareholders of the association by giving
notice thereof for thirty days in a newspaper published in the
town, city, or county where the business of the association was
carried on, or if no newspaper is there published, in the newspaper
published nearest thereto. At such meeting the shareholders shall
determine whether the receiver shall be continued and shall wind up
the affairs of the association, or whether an agent shall be
elected for that purpose, and in so determining the shareholders
shall vote by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock
entitling the holder to one vote, and the majority of the stock in
number of shares shall be necessary to determine whether the
receiver shall be continued, or whether an agent shall be elected.
In case such majority shall determine that the receiver shall be
continued, the receiver shall thereupon proceed with the execution
of the trust, and shall sell, dispose of, or otherwise collect the
assets of the association, and shall possess all the powers and
authority, and be subject to all the duties and liabilities
originally conferred or imposed upon such receiver so far as they
remain applicable. In case such meeting shall, by the vote of a
majority of the stock in number of shares, determine that an agent
shall be elected, the meeting shall thereupon proceed to elect an
agent, voting by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock
entitling the holder to one vote, and the person who shall receive
votes representing at least a majority of stock in number of shares
shall be declared the agent for the purposes hereinafter provided;
and when such agent shall have executed a bond to the shareholders
conditioned for the payment and discharge in full or, to the extent
possible from the remaining assets of the association, of each and
every claim that may thereafter be proved and allowed by and before
a competent court and for the faithful performance of his duties,
in the penalty fixed by the shareholders at such meeting, with a
surety or sureties to be approved by the district court of the
United States for the district where the business of the
association was carried on, and shall have filed such bond in the
office of the clerk of such court, the Comptroller and the
receiver, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, where that
Corporation has been appointed receiver of the bank, shall
thereupon transfer and deliver to such agent all the uncollected or
other assets of the association then remaining in the hands or
subject to the order and control of the Comptroller and such
receiver, or either of them, or the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation; and for this purpose the Comptroller and such
receiver, or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as the case
may be, are severally empowered and directed to execute any deed,
assignment, transfer, or other instrument in writing that may be
necessary and proper; and upon the execution and delivery of such
instrument to such agent the Comptroller and such receiver or the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation shall by virtue of this Act
be discharged from any and all liabilities to the association and
to each and all the creditors and shareholders thereof.
(b) Upon receiving such deed, assignment, transfer, or other
instrument the person elected such agent shall hold, control, and
dispose of the assets and property of the association which he may
receive under the terms hereof for the benefit of the shareholders
of the association, and he may in his own name, or in the name of
the association, sue and be sued and do all other lawful acts and
things necessary to finally settle and distribute the assets and
property in his hands, and may sell, compromise, or compound the
debts due to the association, with the consent and approval of the
district court of the United States for the district where the
business of the association was carried on, and shall at the
conclusion of his trust render to such district court a full
account of all his proceedings, receipts, and expenditures as such
agent, which court shall, upon due notice, settle and adjust such
accounts and discharge such agent and sureties upon such bond. In
case any such agent so elected shall die, resign, or be removed,
any shareholder may call a meeting of the shareholders of the
association in the town, city, or village where the business of the
association was carried on, by giving notice thereof for thirty
days in a newspaper published in such town, city, or village, or if
no newspaper is there published, in the newspaper published nearest
thereto, at which meeting the shareholders shall elect an agent,
voting by ballot, in person or by proxy, each share of stock
entitling the holder to one vote, and when such agent shall have
received votes representing at least a majority of the stock in
number of shares, and shall have executed a bond to the
shareholders conditioned for the payment and discharge in full or,
to the extent possible from the remaining assets of the
association, of each and every claim that may thereafter be proved
and allowed by and before a competent court and for the faithful
performance of his duties, in the penalty fixed by the shareholders
at such meeting, with a surety or sureties, to be approved by such
court, and file such bond in the office of the clerk of that court,
he shall have all the rights, powers, and duties of the agent first
elected as hereinbefore provided. At any meeting held as
hereinbefore provided administrators or executors of deceased
shareholders may act and sign as the decedent might have done if
living, and guardians of minors and trustees of other persons may
so act and sign for their ward or wards or cestui que trust. The
proceeds of the assets or property of any such association which
may be undistributed at the time of such meeting or may be
subsequently received shall be distributed as follows:
First. To pay the expenses of the execution of the trust to the
date of such payment.
Second. To repay any amount or amounts which have been paid in
by any shareholder or shareholders of the association upon and by
reason of any and all assessments made upon the stock of the
association by order of the Comptroller of the Currency in
accordance with the provisions of the statutes of the United
States.
Third. To pay the balance ratably among such stockholders, in
proportion to the number of shares held and owned by each. Such
distribution shall be made from time to time as the proceeds
shall be received and as shall be deemed advisable by the
Comptroller of the Currency, or the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation if continued as receiver of the bank under subsection
(a) of this section, or such agent, as the case may be.
-SOURCE-
(June 30, 1876, ch. 156, Sec. 3, 19 Stat. 63; Aug. 3, 1892, ch.
360, 27 Stat. 345; Mar. 2, 1897, ch. 354, 29 Stat. 600; Mar. 3,
1911, ch. 231, Sec. 291, 36 Stat. 1167; Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 18,
Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 458.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
Section fifty-two hundred and thirty-four and other sections of
the Revised Statutes of the United States, referred to in subsec.
(a), are classified to section 192 of this title and other sections
of the Code. See Tables.
This Act, referred to in subsec. (a), is act June 30, 1876, ch.
156, 19 Stat. 63, as amended, sections 1, 3, and 4 of which are
classified to this section and sections 55 and 191 of this title,
respectively. Section 2 of the Act, which was classified to
section 65 of this title, was repealed by Pub. L. 86-230, Sec. 8,
Sept. 8, 1959, 73 Stat. 457. Section 5 of the Act, which was
classified to section 424 of former Title 31, was repealed and
reenacted as section 5153 of Title 31, Money and Finance, by Pub.
L. 97-258, Sept. 13, 1982, 96 Stat. 877.
-MISC2-
AMENDMENTS
1959 - Subsec. (a). Pub. L. 86-230 designated former first par.,
less last sentence, as subsec. (a), and incorporated references to
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation respecting receiverships
under section 1821(c) of this title, convocation of shareholders,
transfer of assets, execution of instruments and discharge from
liability, omitted provision for deposit of money with the
Treasurer of the United States for the redemption of the
circulating notes of the association, and for the value of shares
as a test to determine whether a majority vote has been cast in a
stockholders' meeting, required the windup agent to file a bond to
the shareholders in an amount satisfactory to them with sureties
approved by appropriate district court instead of a bond from the
shareholders satisfactory to the Comptroller and to condition the
bond to payment of proved claims to the extent possible from the
remaining instead of payment of the claims in full, only.
Subsec. (b). Pub. L. 86-230 designated former last sentence of
first par. and second par., as subsec. (b), and omitted provisions
which related to refusal of agent to serve as a ground for the
calling of an election of another agent, to the value of shares as
a test to determine whether a majority vote has been cast in a
stockholders' meeting, required the bond of the windup agent to be
conditioned for payment of proved claims to the extent possible
from the remaining assets instead of payment of the claims in full,
only, and provided for the distribution of the balance as shall be
deemed advisable by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note
set out under section 121 of this title.
Act Mar. 3, 1911, conferred upon the district courts all powers
formerly vested in the former circuit courts.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 197a 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 197a. Resumption of business by closed bank on consent of
depositors
-STATUTE-
In any case in which, in the opinion of the Comptroller of the
Currency, it would be to the advantage of the depositors and
unsecured creditors of any national banking association whose
business has been closed, for such association to resume business
upon the retention by the association, for a reasonable period to
be prescribed by the Comptroller, of all or any part of its
deposits, the Comptroller is authorized, in his discretion, to
permit the association to resume business if depositors and
unsecured creditors of the association representing at least 75 per
centum of its total deposit and unsecured credit liabilities
consent in writing to such retention of deposits. Nothing in this
section shall be construed to affect in any manner any powers of
the Comptroller under the provisions of law in force on June 16,
1933, with respect to the reorganization of national banking
associations.
-SOURCE-
(June 16, 1933, ch. 89, Sec. 29, 48 Stat. 193.)
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 198 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 198. Purchase by receiver of property of bank; request to
Comptroller
-STATUTE-
Whenever the receiver of any national bank duly appointed by the
Comptroller of the Currency, and who shall have duly qualified and
entered upon the discharge of his trust, shall find it in his
opinion necessary, in order to fully protect and benefit his said
trust, to the extent of any and all equities that such trust may
have in any property, real or personal, by reason of any bond,
mortgage, assignment, or other proper legal claim attaching
thereto, and which said property is to be sold under any execution,
decree of foreclosure, or proper order of any court of
jurisdiction, he may certify the facts in the case, together with
his opinion as to the value of the property to be sold, and the
value of the equity his said trust may have in the same, to the
Comptroller of the Currency, together with a request for the right
and authority to use and employ so much of the money of said trust
as may be necessary to purchase such property at such sale.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 29, 1886, ch. 28, Sec. 1, 24 Stat. 8.)
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 199 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 199. Approval of request
-STATUTE-
Such request, if approved by the Comptroller of the Currency,
shall be, together with the certificate of facts in the case, and
his recommendation as to the amount of money which, in his
judgment, should be so used and employed, submitted to the
Secretary of the Treasury, and if the same shall likewise be
approved by him, the request shall be by the Comptroller of the
Currency allowed, and notice thereof, with copies of the request,
certificate of facts, and indorsement of approvals, shall be filed
with the Treasurer of the United States.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 29, 1886, ch. 28, Sec. 2, 24 Stat. 8.)
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note
set out under section 121 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 200 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIII - RECEIVERSHIP
-HEAD-
Sec. 200. Payment
-STATUTE-
Whenever any such request shall be allowed as hereinbefore
provided, the said Comptroller of the Currency shall be, and is,
empowered to draw upon and from such funds of any such trust as may
be deposited with the Treasurer of the United States for the
benefit of the bank in interest, to the amount as may be
recommended and allowed and for the purpose for which such
allowance was made: Provided, however, That all payments to be made
for or on account of the purchase of any such property and under
any such allowance shall be made by the Comptroller of the Currency
direct, with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury, for
such purpose only and in such manner as he may determine and order.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 29, 1886, ch. 28, Sec. 3, 24 Stat. 8.)
-TRANS-
TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
For transfer of functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note
set out under section 121 of this title.
-MISC5-
APPLICATION TO DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
Provisions of this section were made applicable to banks, etc.,
in the District of Columbia by act Mar. 4, 1933, ch. 274, Sec. 4,
47 Stat. 1567.
-CITE-
12 USC SUBCHAPTER XIV - BANK CONSERVATION ACT 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIV - BANK CONSERVATION ACT
.
-HEAD-
SUBCHAPTER XIV - BANK CONSERVATION ACT
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 201 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIV - BANK CONSERVATION ACT
-HEAD-
Sec. 201. Short title
-STATUTE-
This subchapter may be cited as the ''Bank Conservation Act.''
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, Sec. 201, 48 Stat. 2.)
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 202 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIV - BANK CONSERVATION ACT
-HEAD-
Sec. 202. Definitions
-STATUTE-
As used in this subchapter, the term ''bank'' means (1) any
national banking association or any other financial institution
chartered or licensed under Federal law and subject to the
supervision of the Comptroller of the Currency, and (2) any bank or
trust company located in the District of Columbia and operating
under the supervision of the Comptroller of the Currency; the term
''voluntary dissolution and liquidation'' means a transaction
pursuant to section 181 of this title that involves the assumption
of the bank's insured deposit liabilities and the sale of the bank,
or of control of the bank, as a going concern; and the term
''State'' means any State, Territory, or possession of the United
States, and the Canal Zone.
-SOURCE-
(Mar. 9, 1933, ch. 1, title II, Sec. 202, 48 Stat. 2; Pub. L.
101-73, title VIII, Sec. 801, Aug. 9, 1989, 103 Stat. 441.)
-REFTEXT-
REFERENCES IN TEXT
For definition of Canal Zone, referred to in text, see section
3602(b) of Title 22, Foreign Relations and Intercourse.
-MISC2-
AMENDMENTS
1989 - Pub. L. 101-73, Sec. 801(1), in cl. (1), extended term
''bank'' to include any financial institution chartered or licensed
under Federal law and subject to supervision of Comptroller of the
Currency.
Pub. L. 101-73, Sec. 801(2), in cl. (2), inserted definition of
term ''voluntary dissolution and liquidation''.
-TRANS-
EXCEPTION AS TO TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS
Functions vested by any provision of law in Comptroller of the
Currency, referred to in this section, not included in transfer of
functions to Secretary of the Treasury, see note set out under
section 1 of this title.
-CITE-
12 USC Sec. 203 01/06/03
-EXPCITE-
TITLE 12 - BANKS AND BANKING
CHAPTER 2 - NATIONAL BANKS
SUBCHAPTER XIV - BANK CONSERVATION ACT
-HEAD-
Sec. 203. Appointment of conservator
-STATUTE-
(a) Appointment
The Comptroller of the Currency may, without prior notice or
hearings, appoint a conservator (which may be the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation) to the possession and control of a bank
whenever the Comptroller of the Currency determines that 1 or more
of the grounds specified in section 11(c)(5) of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1821(c)(5)) exist.
(b) Judicial review
(1) In general
Not later than 20 days after the initial appointment of a
conservator pursuant to this section, the bank may bring an
action in the United States district court for the judicial
district in which the home office of such bank is located, or in
the United States District Court for the District of Columbia,
for an order requiring the Comptroller to terminate the
appointment of the conservator, and the court, upon the merits,
shall dismiss such action or shall direct the Comptroller to
terminate the appointment of such conservator. The Comptroller's
decision to appoint a conser
Descargar
Enviado por: | El remitente no desea revelar su nombre |
Idioma: | inglés |
País: | Estados Unidos |